<SUBMISSION>
<ACCESSION-NUMBER>0000950132-01-000157
<TYPE>S-1/A
<PUBLIC-DOCUMENT-COUNT>7
<FILING-DATE>20010306
<FILER>
<COMPANY-DATA>
<CONFORMED-NAME>IPG PHOTONICS CORP
<CIK>0001111928
<ASSIGNED-SIC>3674
<IRS-NUMBER>043444218
<STATE-OF-INCORPORATION>DE
</COMPANY-DATA>
<FILING-VALUES>
<FORM-TYPE>S-1/A
<ACT>33
<FILE-NUMBER>333-51560
<FILM-NUMBER>1562377
</FILING-VALUES>
<BUSINESS-ADDRESS>
<STREET1>P O BOX 519
<STREET2>660 MAIN STREET
<CITY>STURBRIDGE
<STATE>MA
<ZIP>01566
<PHONE>5083476800
</BUSINESS-ADDRESS>
</FILER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>S-1/A
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>0001.txt
<DESCRIPTION>AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FORM S-1
<TEXT>

<PAGE>


   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2001
                                                      Registration No. 333-51560
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                 -------------

                              AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                 -------------
                           IPG Photonics Corporation
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

        Delaware                      3674                   04-3444218
    (State of other       (Primary Standard Industrial    (I.R.S. Employer
    jurisdiction of       Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)
    incorporation or
     organization)

                                  P.O. Box 519
                                660 Main Street
                        Sturbridge, Massachusetts 01566
                                 (508) 347-6800
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
        including area code of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                                 -------------

                           Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
               Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
                                  P.O. Box 519
                                660 Main Street
                        Sturbridge, Massachusetts 01566
                                 (508) 347-6800
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                 -------------

                  Please Send Copies of All Communications To:

          Barry J. Hart, Esq.                    Alan L. Jakimo, Esq.
       Daniel A. Ninivaggi, Esq.               Howard M. Kleinman, Esq.
           Winston & Strawn                        Brown & Wood LLP
            200 Park Avenue                     One World Trade Center
          New York, NY 10166                      New York, NY 10048
            (212) 294-6700                          (212) 839-5300
                                 -------------

     Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Sale to the Public: As soon
as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

                                 -------------

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, please check the following box. [_]
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering: [_]
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering. [_]
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]

                                 -------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
   Title of Each Class
  of                                  Proposed Maximum  Proposed Maximum
  Securities to be       Amount to be   Offering Per   Aggregate Offering    Amount of
  Registered              Registered      Share(1)          Price(1)      Registration Fee
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>              <C>                <C>
Common Stock, $0.0001
 par value.............   9,375,000        $16.00         $150,000,000       $39,600(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)Estimated solely for the purpose for computing the amount of registration
   fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2)An aggregate of $39,600 of the fee was paid with the initial filing of the
   Registration Statement on December 8, 2000.
                                 -------------

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS PROSPECTUS
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                Explanatory Note

      This Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be
used in connection with a United States offering (the "U.S. Prospectus") and
one to be used in a concurrent international offering (the "International
Prospectus"). The two prospectuses will be identical in all respects except for
the front and back cover pages and the sections entitled "Underwriting." Pages
to be included in the International Prospectus and not the U.S. Prospectus are
marked "Alternate Page."
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the     +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an    +
+offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these +
+securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.             +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                             Subject to Completion

                Preliminary Prospectus Dated March 6, 2001

PROSPECTUS
                                8,200,000 Shares
                                   [IPG LOGO]
                                  Common Stock

                                  -----------

    This is IPG Photonics Corporation's initial public offering of common
stock. IPG Photonics Corporation is selling all of the shares. The U.S.
underwriters are offering 6,970,000 shares in the U.S. and Canada and the
international managers are offering 1,230,000 shares outside the U.S. and
Canada.

    We expect the public offering price to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per
share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of this
offering, we expect that the common stock will trade on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "IPGP."

    Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the
"Risk Factors" section beginning on page 6 of this prospectus.

                                  -----------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Per Share Total
                                                                --------- -----
     <S>                                                        <C>       <C>
     Public offering price.....................................   $       $
     Underwriting discount.....................................   $       $
     Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG Photonics...............   $       $
</TABLE>

    The U.S. underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 998,750 shares
from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30
days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments. The
international managers may similarly purchase up to an additional 176,250
shares from us.

    Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if
this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is
a criminal offense.

    The shares will be ready for delivery in New York, New York on or about
, 2001.

                                  -----------

Merrill Lynch & Co.
          Robertson Stephens
                   CIBC World Markets
                            U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
                                                                   Wit SoundView

                                  -----------

                  The date of this prospectus is       , 2001.
<PAGE>

Inside Front Cover:

      The inside front cover is a gatefold containing three pages of graphics.

 Page One:

      The Registrant's "IPG Photonics" logo is in the upper left-hand corner of
the page.

      Below the Registrant's logo on the left is the following text:

           "High Power Fiber

           Amplifiers and Lasers"

      The middle of the page contains a graphic with four general regions:

     .  the top region shows a photograph of a fiber strand with light
        being transmitted through it

     .  the right region shows a photograph of a fiber amplifier and a
        compact disc

     .  the bottom region shows a photograph of a circuit board and a fiber
        strand with light being transmitted through it

     .  the left region shows a photograph of technician at a workstation

 Pages Two and Three:

      These two pages will have one continuous graphic designed to depict the
four types of optical networks: the "Long Haul Networks," the long haul optical
fiber network that interconnects metropolitan areas; the "Metropolitan
Network," the shorter distance optical fiber network that connects central
telecommunications switching exchanges within metropolitan areas; the "Access
Network," the shorter distance optical fiber network that connects individual
buildings and homes to central telecommunications switching exchanges within
metropolitan and suburban areas; and the "Wireless Optical Network," the
optical fiber systems that are used for optical communications between
buildings in metropolitan areas without the use of wires or cables.

      At the upper left-hand corner of page two is the registrant's "IPG
Photonics" logo.

      At the center of page two is a triangle. The legs of this triangle depict
the segments of the Long Haul Networks that interconnect metropolitan areas.
The middle of the triangle contains the words "Long Haul Networks." Above the
top leg of the triangle is a photograph of an IPG Photonics fiber amplifier,
illustrating the use of this product to amplify light signals in long haul
networks. Along the lower left-hand leg of the triangle is a photograph of an
IPG Photonics Raman pump laser, illustrating the use of this product in long
haul networks.

      At each of the triangle's three corners is an identical image of five
high-rise buildings standing in an ellipse. In the upper left portion of the
triangle, the words "San Francisco" appear beside the Metropolitan Network
circle, in the lower middle portion of the triangle, the word "Dallas" appears
beside the Metropolitan Network circle, and in the right-most portion of the
triangle, the word "Seattle" appears beside the Metropolitan Network circle.
These illustrate the geographic distances of the Long Haul Networks and the
metropolitan geographic areas which comprise Metropolitan Networks. Each
ellipse depicts the "Metropolitan Network" in the metropolitan area in which
the buildings are located. Underneath each ellipse are the words "Metropolitan
Network." Underneath and slightly to the right of the Metropolitan Network at
the right-hand corner of the Long Haul Networks triangle is a photograph of an
IPG Photonics fiber amplifier, illustrating the use of this product to amplify
light signals in metropolitan areas.
<PAGE>


      The top half of page three is an expanded view of three of the high-rise
buildings in the metropolitan area at the right-hand corner of the Long Haul
Networks triangle on page two. One of the buildings is connected to the
Metropolitan Network. There are two dotted lines connecting a point near the
top of this building to each of the other two buildings in this expanded view,
depicting optical communications taking place between the buildings without the
use of wires or cables. Above the three buildings are the words "Wireless
Optical Network." Underneath the three buildings is a photograph of an
IPG Photonics fiber amplifier, illustrating the use of this product in wireless
optical communications.

      The lower half of page three is an expanded view of two of the high-rise
buildings in the metropolitan area at the right-hand corner of the Long Haul
Network triangle on page two. The expanded view also contains images of three
homes. The central telecommunications switching exchange to which the two
buildings and three homes are connected is depicted by an ellipse in the middle
of the five structures. A straight line running from each structure to this
ellipse depicts the optical fiber to the curb that connects the structure to
the central telecommunications switching exchange. Below the ellipse is a
photograph of an IPG Photonics fiber amplifier, illustrating the use of this
product in access networks.

      At the bottom right-hand corner of page three are the words "It's About
Bandwidth(TM)".
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................    1
Risk Factors..............................................................    6
Forward-Looking Statements................................................   15
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   16
Dividend Policy...........................................................   16
Capitalization............................................................   17
Dilution..................................................................   19
Selected Combined Consolidated Financial Data.............................   21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   23
Business..................................................................   32
Management................................................................   47
Transactions with Related Parties.........................................   56
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of
 Liability................................................................   61
Principal Stockholders....................................................   62
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   64
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   67
Summary of Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences of Ownership and
 Disposition of Common Stock by Non-U.S. Holders..........................   68
Underwriting..............................................................   71
Legal Matters.............................................................   75
Experts...................................................................   75
Where You Can Find More Information.......................................   76
Index to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.......................  F-1
</TABLE>

      Unless specifically stated, the information in this prospectus:

    .  reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
       Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible
       redeemable preferred stock into an aggregate of 12,083,333 shares of
       our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

    .  a 2-for-1 stock split of our common shares to be effective upon
       commencement of this offering; and

    .  assumes no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option to
       purchase an aggregate of 1,175,000 shares of common stock.

      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus.
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any person to provide you with
different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent
information, you should not rely on it. We and the underwriters are not making
an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale
is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this
prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus
only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects
may have changed since that date.

      IPG is a trademark of IPG Photonics Corporation. This prospectus contains
product names, trade names and trademarks of IPG and other organizations.

                                       i
<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      The summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this
prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all the
information that you should consider before buying shares in this offering. You
should read the entire prospectus carefully, including our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.

                           IPG Photonics Corporation

      We design, manufacture and sell high performance fiber amplifiers, Raman
pump lasers and fiber lasers for telecommunications and industrial
applications. Our proprietary technology, materials science expertise and
vertically integrated manufacturing operations enable us to meet the demands of
our customers for cost-effective fiber amplifiers and lasers having high power
output and reliable performance. Our telecommunications products are used
throughout optical telecommunications networks. Our largest telecommunications
customers in 2000 were Alcatel, Lucent, Marconi, Siemens and TeraBeam Networks.
Our industrial products are used for a variety of manufacturing, medical and
aerospace applications. Our largest industrial customers in 2000 were GSI
Lumonics, Purup Escofot and Sunx.

      Due to rapidly increasing worldwide levels of data, voice and video
traffic, telecommunications service providers are expanding their use of fiber
optic technologies and seeking to increase the transmission capacity, or
bandwidth, of existing fiber optic networks. Fiber optic networks transmit
information as pulses of light, or optical signals, through optical fibers,
which are hair-thin glass strands. In these networks, light signals weaken as
they travel long distances and pass through numerous optical components.
Operators of fiber optic networks use fiber amplifiers at specific points along
an optical network to boost light signals without expensive and inefficient
conversion to electrical signals. By regenerating optical signals in this
manner, fiber amplifiers enable light signals to travel greater distances and
allow communications networks to be deployed more cost-effectively.

      Optical signals are most commonly amplified through the use of fiber
amplifiers and Raman pump lasers. Ryan, Hankin & Kent, an independent research
firm specializing in telecommunications, estimates that revenue from the sale
of erbium gain modules, the amplification component in the most commonly used
fiber amplifiers, was $641 million in 1999 and will increase to $4.2 billion in
2004, representing a compound annual growth rate of 45.3%. Raman pump lasers
are also used to boost the strength of optical signals. Ryan, Hankin & Kent
estimates that sales of lasers used for Raman amplification will grow from
approximately $18.0 million in 2000 to approximately $1.0 billion in 2004,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 173.1%.

      Our innovative line of customized high- and low-power amplifiers is
designed to meet the specific needs of our telecommunications customers. For
example:

  .  Our high-power fiber amplifiers allow network providers to increase
     their capacity. These fiber amplifiers enable such emerging technologies
     as transmitting multiple signals at slightly different wavelengths
     through a single fiber, called dense wavelength division multiplexing.

  .  Our high-power fiber amplifiers also enable fiber optic technology to be
     used in residential areas and cable television systems.

  .  Our high-power amplifiers automatically adjust power output to overcome
     atmospheric limitations, such as fog and rain, in optical networks that
     transmit data through the air without using fiber or wire cables.

  .  Our low- and medium-power fiber amplifiers can be widely deployed in
     metropolitan areas because of their cost-effectiveness and high
     reliability.

                                       1
<PAGE>


      In addition to telecommunications products, we also provide high-power
fiber lasers for a variety of industrial applications such as cutting, marking
and measuring. Our high-power fiber lasers offer several benefits compared to
traditional industrial laser technologies, such as gas or solid state,
including higher beam quality and mobility, increased reliability and
efficiency, reduced size, maintenance-free operation and lower operating costs.
Although fiber lasers cannot be used in applications requiring very high power
output, fiber lasers can be used in high-speed printing, materials processing,
manufacturing of semiconductors, measurement and medical applications.

      We employ more than 30 Ph.D.'s to support our proprietary technology
platform. We produce our products using vertically integrated manufacturing
operations located in the United States, Germany and Italy, all of which we are
currently expanding. We design and manufacture a significant majority of our
critical specialty components and test and qualify all of our components,
assemblies and finished products. Our vertically integrated manufacturing
operations enable us to quickly scale our production and maintain high product
quality and reliability in order to meet the needs of our telecommunications
and industrial customers. We have numerous customers in the United States,
Europe and Asia which rely upon us for customized solutions. In 2000, two of
our customers accounted for 56% of our revenues.

      Our objective is to be the leading supplier of fiber amplifiers, Raman
pump lasers and fiber lasers to developers of optical communications and
industrial laser systems. Key elements of our strategy include:

  .  extending our existing technology leadership;

  .  expanding and enhancing our existing line of products;

  .  expanding our manufacturing capacity and reducing costs;

  .  expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

  .  providing our customers with a high degree of technical and engineering
     support for customization; and

  .  acquiring strategic businesses and technologies consistent with our
     growth strategy.

                             Corporate Information

      Our main office is located at 660 Main Street, Sturbridge, Massachusetts
01566 and our telephone number is (508) 347-6800.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                  The Offering

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
Common stock offered by
 IPG Photonics..........  8,200,000 shares

Common stock to be
 outstanding after this
 offering...............  92,084,201 shares

Use of proceeds.........  For expansion of manufacturing facilities, marketing and
                          distribution activities, research and development
                          activities and repayment of a portion of outstanding
                          indebtedness, working capital and other general corporate
                          purposes, including acquisitions.

Proposed Nasdaq National
 Market symbol..........  IPGP
</TABLE>

      The number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering is
based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2000, including:

    .  the conversion of all outstanding Series A and Series B preferred
       stock into an aggregate of 12,083,333 shares of common stock;

    .  1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock issued under our 2000
       stock incentive plan subsequent to December 31, 2000 at a price of
       $0.50 per share;

      and excluding:

    .  5,385,532 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
       outstanding at December 31, 2000 under our 2000 stock incentive plan,
       with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.14 per share, and
       2,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
       granted subsequent to December 31, 2000 and prior to the date of this
       prospectus with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.50 per share;

    .  5,919,600 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2000
       stock incentive plan with respect to unawarded options or other
       grants; and

    .  3,166,167 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants
       outstanding at December 31, 2000 held by owners of our Series B
       convertible redeemable preferred stock, assuming an exercise price of
       $7.50 per share.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  Summary Combined Consolidated Financial Data

      You should read the following Summary Combined Consolidated Financial
Data in conjunction with the section entitled "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our combined
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.

      The following table sets forth our summary financial and operating data
for the periods indicated on the basis described in "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our combined consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of IPG Laser GmbH and IPG Fibertech S.r.l. The summary
combined consolidated financial data for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2000 are derived from our combined consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by
independent auditors. For purposes of presentation of our summary combined
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1998, IPG
Laser and IPG Laser's 80% owned subsidiary, IPG Fibertech, are referred to as
the Predecessor.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      For the year ended
                                                                                                         December 31,
                                                                                                  -----------------------------
<S>                                                                                               <C>          <C>      <C>
                                                                                                     1998       1999     2000
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
                                                                                                     (in thousands, except
                                                                                                        per share data)
                                                                                                  Predecessor
                                                                                                  -----------

Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales........................................................................................ $     8,263  $18,640  $52,083
Cost of sales (1)................................................................................       5,560    9,688   19,240
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
Gross profit (1).................................................................................       2,703    8,952   32,843
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing (2).........................................................................         374      677    1,421
 Research and development (3)....................................................................         682    1,477    1,826
 General, administrative and other (4)...........................................................       1,000    2,712    6,806
 Equity-based compensation.......................................................................          --       --   19,988
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
  Total operating expenses.......................................................................       2,056    4,866   30,041
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
Operating income.................................................................................         647    4,086    2,802
Interest income (expense), net...................................................................        (208)    (303)   1,120
Other income (expense), net......................................................................         (47)     273       37
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
Income before provision for income taxes
 and minority interest...........................................................................         392    4,056    3,959
Provision for income taxes.......................................................................         234    2,102    9,434
Minority interest................................................................................          (4)      (3)     (38)
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
Net income (loss)................................................................................         154    1,951   (5,513)
Accretion of preferred stock.....................................................................          --       --     (847)
                                                                                                  -----------  -------  -------
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders............................................... $       154  $ 1,951  $(6,360)
                                                                                                  ===========  =======  =======
Net income (loss) per share: (5)
 Basic ..........................................................................................          --  $  0.03  $ (0.09)
                                                                                                               =======  =======
 Diluted ........................................................................................          --  $  0.03  $ (0.09)
                                                                                                               =======  =======
 Pro forma net loss per share--basic and diluted (5).............................................          --       --  $ (0.07)
--------------------------------------------------                                                                      =======
</TABLE>

(1)  Excludes $1,325 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December
     31, 2000.

(2)  Excludes $302 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31,
     2000.

(3)  Excludes $332 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31,
     2000.

(4)  Excludes $18,029 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December
     31, 2000.
(5)  The calculation of net income (loss) per share and pro forma basic and
     diluted net loss per share is described in Note 3 to the combined
     consolidated financial statements.

                                       4
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  December 31, 2000
                                        -------------------------------------
                                                                 Pro Forma
                                         Actual  Pro Forma (6) As Adjusted (7)
                                        -------- ------------- --------------
                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>      <C>           <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents.............. $ 86,487   $ 86,987       $199,277
Working capital........................   84,574     85,074        197,364
Total assets...........................  141,826    142,326        254,616
Long-term debt, including current
 portion...............................   10,529     10,529         10,529
Series B preferred stock...............   76,283        --             --
Series A preferred stock...............    4,962        --             --
Shareholders' equity (including Series
 A preferred stock)....................   30,911    107,694        219,984
</TABLE>

(6) The pro forma amounts give effect to

  .  the issuance subsequent to December 31, 2000 of 1,000,000 shares of
     common stock for $500,000 and options to purchase 2,000,000 shares of
     common stock at a price of $1.50 per share, reflecting a compensation
     charge of $12.0 million and a deferred compensation charge of $22.0
     million,

  .  the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock
     into 1,000,000 shares of common stock, and

  .  the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock
     into 11,083,333 shares of common stock.
(7) The pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect pro forma amounts, as adjusted to
    reflect the sale of 8,200,000 shares of our common stock in this offering,
    at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after
    deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering
    expenses, and our receipt of the net proceeds. For more information, see
    "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, in
addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, before making
an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our
business could be harmed, the trading price of our common stock could decline
and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer to the
other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial
statements and the related notes.

                         Risks Related to Our Business

We depend on a few key customers for a substantial portion of our sales revenue
and the loss of any of these customers, a significant reduction or fluctuation
in their sales, or negative conditions affecting them could significantly
reduce our sales revenue or cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

      Our results of operations have historically depended, and we anticipate
will continue to depend for the foreseeable future, on sales to a relatively
small number of customers. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, TeraBeam
and Marconi accounted for 43% and 13% of our net sales revenue, respectively,
with eight customers accounting for 86% of our net sales revenue. Our net sales
revenue generated from these customers, individually or in the aggregate, may
not reach or exceed historic levels in any future period. In addition, some of
these customers are also competitors. A change in the relationships with our
key customers in any manner adverse to us could reduce our sales revenue or
cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

      Our net sales are dependent in part upon the ability of our customers to
develop and sell systems that incorporate our fiber amplifiers, Raman pump
lasers and fiber lasers. Adverse economic conditions, large inventory
positions, limited marketing resources and other factors affecting these
customers could have a substantial impact upon our financial results. In
addition, our customers tend to order large quantities of products on an as
needed basis. These ordering patterns may result in significant quarterly
fluctuations in our net sales revenue and results of operations. None of our
current customers have any minimum purchase obligations and may stop placing
orders with us at any time. Our customers may purchase, and in several cases
have purchased, fiber amplifiers and fiber lasers from other vendors,
regardless of any forecast they may have previously provided to us. Loss or
cancellations of orders from, or any downturn in the business of, any of these
significant customers could cause a reduction in our sales revenue. In
addition, we may not be able to reduce our dependence on a limited number of
customers if the trend toward consolidation within various segments of the
communications industry continues.

A significant portion of our sales are to a customer seeking to develop a free-
space optical telecommunications business. If this customer's business does not
develop as planned, our operating results could be materially adversely
affected.

      TeraBeam has developed a free-space optical telecommunications system to
transmit data from building to building at high speeds without the use of
copper or fiber optic cables. We understand that TeraBeam plans to introduce
this system in metropolitan areas in the coming years. Free-space optical
telecommunications systems are relatively new. We cannot predict the rate or
extent to which these new telecommunications systems will be adapted or whether
they will be widely accepted. Finally, as a private company, TeraBeam does not
publish financial statements or other reports of the type required of companies
whose securities are publicly traded. Consequently, we cannot make any
statements about TeraBeam's financial condition or resources.

Our ability to sell our products would suffer if we lose members of our senior
management team or if these members are unable to work together effectively.

      Our future success depends upon the continued services of members of our
senior management, particularly Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our founder,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. The

                                       6
<PAGE>

loss of Dr. Gapontsev could hurt our business, and we do not have "key person"
life insurance policies covering Dr. Gapontsev or any of our other employees.
We are currently seeking to obtain a "key person" life insurance policy for Dr.
Gapontsev as well as other key employees. With the exception of John H. Dalton,
John Geagea and Angelo P. Lopresti, none of our executive officers or key
employees are bound by an employment agreement for any specific term and these
individuals may terminate their employment at any time. In addition, many of
the members of our management team have been with us only for a relatively
short period of time. For example, our President, Chief Operating Officer,
Executive Vice President of Strategic Marketing, and General Counsel joined us
within the past seven months.

If we do not successfully expand our sales and marketing organization, our
sales revenue may not increase.

      The sale of our products requires long and sustained efforts targeted at
several key departments within our customers' and prospective customers'
organizations. Our sales organization is currently limited and relies
substantially upon our senior management, scientists and engineers. We will
need to grow our sales force in order to increase market awareness and sales of
our products. Competition for these individuals is intense, and we might not be
able to hire the kind and number of sales personnel and applications engineers
we need.

If we cannot reduce our manufacturing costs and introduce higher margin
products to offset anticipated continued reductions in the average selling
price of our products, we may experience reduced sales levels, reduced gross
margins and loss of market share.

      We anticipate that average selling prices of fiber optic communications
products will continue to decrease in the future in response to technological
advances, to product introductions by competitors and by us, and to other
factors, including price pressures from significant customers. We cannot
predict the rate at which selling prices will decrease. Therefore, we must
continue to develop and introduce new products that incorporate features that
can be sold at higher prices and reduce our manufacturing costs.

Our dependence on single or limited source suppliers for some of our key
components and raw materials could adversely affect our results of operations.

      We currently purchase some of our key components and raw materials used
in the manufacture of our products from single or limited source suppliers and
we have no contractual supply arrangements with any supplier other than SDL,
our single source supplier of laser diode chips. Although we are actively
seeking alternative sources of supply for the key components that we obtain
from single or limited source suppliers, we do not anticipate supplies being
available from other sources in commercial quantities in the near future.
Financial or other difficulties faced by our suppliers or significant changes
in demand for the components and materials we obtain from them could limit the
availability of these components and materials. Any interruption or delay in
the supply of any of these components or materials, or the inability to obtain
these components and materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices and
within a reasonable amount of time would impair our ability to meet scheduled
product deliveries to our customers and could cause customers to cancel orders.
We currently manufacture many of our critical components and will attempt to
manufacture more of them to reduce our dependence on single or limited source
suppliers, but we cannot assure you that we will succeed at these efforts in a
timely manner or at all.

Some of our competitors are also our customers and our sales revenue may
decline if these competitors shift their reliance from our products to their
own internally developed products.

      During 2000, approximately 18% of our revenues were attributable to sales
to competitors. Most of these competitors have substantially greater financial,
engineering and manufacturing resources than we currently have. These
competitors may employ these resources to develop products internally instead
of continuing to purchase our products. We may not be able to replace any sales
revenue lost in this manner.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Some of our competitors are also our suppliers and if our relationships with
these suppliers deteriorate, we may experience delivery problems and have less
control over product pricing and quality, which would harm our business.

      Some of our component suppliers are both single source suppliers to us
and major competitors. For example, we buy some of our key components from SDL,
one of our competitors. SDL has recently been acquired by JDS Uniphase. A
change in these supply relationships in any manner adverse to us could cause us
to experience delivery problems as well as reduced control over product pricing
and quality. In addition, we could experience delays in identifying and
qualifying other suppliers in a timely manner, which could cause production
delays.

If we are unable to expand our manufacturing capacity in a timely manner, we
will have insufficient capacity, which could seriously harm our business
prospects.

      We are currently establishing additional manufacturing and research
facilities in Oxford, Massachusetts and Burbach, Germany and plan to add
additional capacity in Milan, Italy. During this process, we could face the
inability to procure and install the necessary capital equipment, a lack of
availability of manufacturing personnel to work in our existing or new
facilities and difficulties in achieving adequate yields from new manufacturing
lines. We could also experience delays, disruptions, capacity constraints or
quality control problems in our existing or new manufacturing operations. If we
experience difficulties and disruptions in the manufacture of our products, we
may not be able to deliver our products in a timely manner, which could cause
us to lose customers or make it more difficult to attract new customers and
negatively impact our sales revenue, competitive position and reputation. An
element of our manufacturing strategy is increasing use of automation in our
manufacturing and assembly processes. We cannot assure you that we will be able
to successfully increase our use of automation. In addition, if we outgrow our
existing and new facilities in Massachusetts, Germany and Italy, we will need
to locate and obtain additional space. The commercial real estate markets in
Massachusetts and Germany are extremely competitive and we may not be able to
obtain additional needed space on reasonable terms, or at all. Our failure to
obtain additional space could adversely impact our ability to expand our
business and operations and increase our sales.

If we do not achieve acceptable manufacturing costs or sufficient product
reliability in our expanded facilities or we suffer any interruption in our
manufacturing operations, our ability to compete may be impaired and our sales
could suffer.

      The manufacture of our products involves complex and precise processes,
requiring production in highly controlled clean room environments. Changes in
our manufacturing processes or those of our suppliers, or inadvertent use of
defective or contaminated materials by our suppliers or us, could significantly
reduce our manufacturing yields and product reliability. Our manufacturing
costs are relatively fixed and, thus, manufacturing yields are critical to our
results of operations. To the extent we do not achieve acceptable manufacturing
yields or experience product shipment delays, our gross margins would suffer.
In addition, we may experience manufacturing delays and reduced manufacturing
yields upon introducing new products. Furthermore, any interruption in
manufacturing resulting from shortages of parts or equipment, earthquake, fire,
equipment failures, yield fluctuations or otherwise could materially harm our
operating results and business prospects.

If we fail to predict our manufacturing requirements accurately, we could incur
additional costs or experience manufacturing delays, which could cause us to
lose orders or customers and harm our operating results.

      We need to accurately predict both the demand for our products and the
lead time required to manufacture and obtain the raw materials and components
for manufacturing our products. Lead times for raw materials and components
that we order vary significantly and depend on factors such as the size of the
order,

                                       8
<PAGE>

contract terms and market demand for the raw materials or components. We
currently use historical pricing, analytical reports and industry trend
analysis to determine our requirements for components and raw materials. If we
underestimate our requirements, we may have inadequate manufacturing capacity
or inventory, which could interrupt manufacturing of our products and result in
delays in shipments and revenues. If we overestimate our requirements, we could
have excess inventory.

If fiber optic technology is adopted at rates slower than we expect, we may
have to significantly revise our strategy and demand for our products may
decline, which would adversely impact our operating results and business
prospects.

      We have based a significant element of our business strategy on expanded
use of fiber optic technology as a means of satisfying the increasing demand
for bandwidth across communications networks, including the demand for higher
transmission rates related to Internet-based communications. While we believe
that both economic and technological factors favor the use of fiber optic
communications systems over traditional copper wire-based systems, enhancements
to copper wire-based technology, such as digital subscriber line, or DSL, could
delay or prevent the adoption of fiber optic technology. Consequently, our
sales could be adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our ability to manufacture and
sell our products could be adversely affected, which could harm our operating
results.

      The increase in the number of our employees and the growth in our
operations, combined with the challenges of managing geographically-dispersed
operations, has placed, and we expect will continue to place, a significant
demand on our management systems and resources. We continue to expand the scope
of our operations in the United States, Germany and Italy, and have increased
the number of our employees substantially in the past year. In addition, we
plan to hire a significant number of employees over the next few quarters. We
expect that we will need to continue to improve our financial and managerial
controls, reporting systems and procedures and continue to expand, train and
manage our work force worldwide.

Competition in the fiber amplifier and fiber laser market for
telecommunications applications is intense and could adversely affect our sales
revenue and gross margins.

      Many of our competitors are large public companies that have long
operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and
other resources, name recognition, extensive customer bases, well-developed
distribution channels and broad product offerings. These companies include ADC,
Alcatel, Corning, Corvis, Furakawa, JDS Uniphase, Lucent, Marconi and Siemens.
These competitors and others are able to devote greater resources than we can
to the development, marketing, sale and support of their products, and they can
leverage their customer bases and broader product offerings and adopt
aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. We expect to encounter
potential customers that, due to existing relationships with these and other
competitors, are committed to the products offered by them. The intensity of
competition in our business could both prevent us from increasing or
maintaining our market share and force us to reduce the prices of our products.
If we cannot increase our market share or if we are forced to reduce the prices
of our products, our sales revenue could stagnate or decline. Similarly, if we
are forced to reduce the prices of our products, our margins could decline.
Several of our competitors have large market capitalizations or cash reserves,
and are much better positioned than we are to acquire other companies in order
to increase their size or gain new technologies or products that may displace
ours. These competitors could also acquire one or more of our significant
customers, thereby leading to a decline in our sales revenue. In other
circumstances, some of our competitors could spin-out new companies in the
fiber optic components market that could as free-standing companies compete
more aggressively with us. Finally, additional competitors may enter our
market, and we are likely to compete with new companies in the future.

                                       9
<PAGE>

We do not have patents on our core technologies and, as a result, other
companies may develop similar products or services, which could seriously harm
our business.

      Our success and ability to compete substantially depends on our ability
to sell products in which we may not have sufficient intellectual property
rights. We currently do not have patents on any of our core technology that
would preclude or inhibit customers from using our core technologies, and we
cannot assure you that we will be successful in protecting our technology
through patent law. Historically, we have chosen to rely upon trade secrets and
contractual restrictions, as opposed to patents, to protect our rights because
of our limited resources. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse engineer
aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as
proprietary. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our
technology or deter others from developing similar technology. Furthermore,
policing the unauthorized use of our products is difficult. Although we have
applied for U.S. federal trademark protection, we do not have any U.S. federal
trademark registrations for the marks "IPG," "IPG Photonics" or "IPG Laser" or
certain of our other marks and we may not be able to obtain such registrations
due to conflicting marks or otherwise. Litigation may be necessary in the
future to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity
and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This litigation could result in
public disclosure of our proprietary technology, substantial costs and
diversion of resources.

We may be sued by third parties for infringement of their proprietary rights
and we may incur defense costs, and possibly royalty obligations, or be
prevented from using technology important to our business.

      The fiber optic components and fiber laser industries are characterized
by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on
allegations of patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property
rights. Several manufacturers of fiber amplifiers have recently been sued for
alleged infringement of a fiber amplifier patent. As the number of participants
and the overall level of competitiveness in our markets increase, the
possibility of an intellectual property claim against us increases. Any
intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming
and expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management attention from
administering our business. A third party asserting infringement claims against
us or our customers with respect to our current or future products may
adversely affect us by, for example, causing us to enter into costly licenses
or incur settlement or litigation costs. We cannot assure you that third-party
licenses will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
The inability to obtain any third-party license required to continue the
manufacture and sale of our current products or develop new products and
product enhancements could require us to obtain substitute technology of lower
quality or performance standards or at greater cost, either of which could
seriously harm our ability to manufacture and sell our products.

If we fail to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that
meet the needs of our current and potential customers or do not comply with
evolving fiber optic technology standards, our operating results would suffer.

      The fiber amplifier and fiber laser industries are characterized by rapid
technological changes, frequent new product introductions, changes in customer
requirements and evolving standards. Our failure to predict accurately the
needs of our customers and prospective customers, and to develop products or
product enhancements that address those needs and these evolving standards, may
result in the loss of current customers or the inability to convert prospective
customers into customers. While we intend to continue to invest in product and
technology development, our products could quickly become obsolete as new
technologies and standards are introduced and incorporated into new and
improved products. In addition, if laser products are not broadly accepted for
industrial applications as an alternative to current technology, we may incur
significant expenses and losses due to lack of customer demand, unusable
purchased components for these products and the diversion of our engineers from
future product development efforts. The development of new or enhanced products
is a complex and uncertain process that requires the accurate anticipation of
technological and market trends. We may experience design, manufacturing,
marketing and other difficulties that could delay or prevent

                                       10
<PAGE>

the development, introduction or marketing of new products and enhancements.
The introduction of new or enhanced products also requires that we manage the
transition from older to newer products in order to minimize disruption in
customer ordering patterns and ensure that adequate supplies of new products
can be delivered to meet anticipated customer demand. Our inability to
effectively manage this transition would cause our operating results to suffer.

The long sales cycles for our products may cause our revenue and operating
results to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

      Customers often view the purchase of our products as a significant and
strategic decision. As a result, customers typically expend significant effort
in evaluating, testing and qualifying our products and our manufacturing
process. This customer evaluation and qualification process frequently results
in a lengthy initial sales cycle. While any customer or prospective customer is
evaluating our products and before they place an order with us, we may incur
substantial sales and marketing and research and development expenses to
customize our products to their needs. We may also expend significant
management effort, increase manufacturing capacity and order long lead time
components or materials prior to receiving an order. Even after this evaluation
process, a customer or prospective customer may not purchase our products. Our
sales cycles typically last four to six months. However, because of the
evolving nature of the optical networking market and the customized nature of
our products, some sales and development cycles may be longer.

Operations of our affiliate in Russia subject us to risks inherent in doing
business in Russia.

      Our wholly-owned subsidiary, IPG Laser, has agreed in principle to
acquire a 51% interest in NTO IRE-POLUS, a company located in Russia and one of
our affiliates. NTO IRE-POLUS conducts research and development and provides
components and test equipment to us. The results of operations, business
prospects and facilities of NTO IRE-POLUS are subject to the economic and
political environment in Russia. Russia has experienced and is continuing to
experience both political and economic instability, including, the successive
turnover of persons holding the position of prime minister and other upper
level government ministers, the devaluation of the ruble and problems relating
to the bailout of Russia's economy by the International Monetary Fund. If
Russia's federal or local governments adopt new restrictions, such as those
relating to taxation, import and export tariffs, currency regulations,
environmental regulations, land use rights, property and various other matters,
or impose stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations, the
supply of technology, test equipment or components to us from NTO IRE-POLUS
could be limited and our operating results and financial position could be
harmed.

We may not be successful in attracting, assimilating or retaining qualified
personnel to fulfill our current or future needs, which could adversely impact
our ability to manufacture and sell our products.

      Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel is
critical for us. During 2000, we hired approximately 106 new employees. We will
need to increase the number, and ensure the continued quality, of our
engineering, marketing, sales and manufacturing personnel to successfully
implement our business plan. Our business requires individuals educated in
several disciplines, including physics, optics, materials sciences, chemistry
and electronics. Competition for this technical personnel is intense. If we do
not succeed in attracting and retaining skilled personnel, our ability to
operate and expand our business could suffer.

Our products are deployed in large and complex systems and may contain defects
that are not detected until after our products have been installed, which could
damage our reputation and cause us to lose customers.

      Several of our products are designed to be deployed in large and complex
optical networks. Although we test both critical components and our finished
products, they can only be fully tested for reliability when deployed in
networks for long periods of time. Our customers may discover defects in our
products only after

                                       11
<PAGE>

they have been fully deployed and have operated under peak stress conditions.
In addition, our products are combined with products from other vendors. Should
problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If
we are unable to fix defects or other problems, we could experience, among
other things, loss of customers, damage to our brand reputation, failure to
attract new customers or achieve market acceptance, diversion of development
and engineering resources, and legal actions by our customers.

Our ability to grow may be limited if we need, but are unable to raise,
additional capital to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future
opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated
requirements.

      The fiber optic industry in which we compete is a dynamic and rapidly
evolving industry in the high technology arena. We may be required to raise
substantial additional capital in the future to develop or enhance our
products, increase our manufacturing capacity or respond to future
opportunities or competitive pressures. The fiber optic industry is not a
mature industry and standards are emerging. The rate of technological change is
high and has accelerated in recent years. Consequently, we may commit to and
invest significant amounts in technologies that may not prove to be accepted.
We are currently expanding our manufacturing capacity by approximately 130%
based upon standards and technologies we believe are appropriate. In addition,
we will be competing with companies with significantly greater resources and
significantly better access to the capital markets. Any or all of these
competitors may invest substantially in new technologies. To remain competitive
we may have to match these investments. If we are required to raise additional
funds, we may not be able to do so on favorable terms, or at all.

If we fail to successfully manage our exposure to the worldwide financial
markets and currency fluctuations, our operating results could suffer.

      During the first nine months of 2000, approximately 98% of our net sales
were denominated in the U.S. dollar, with the remainder denominated in the
German mark and the Italian lira. In addition, approximately 20% of our cost of
sales and operating expenses were denominated in the German mark or the Italian
lira and approximately $4.8 million of our capital expenditures were
denominated in the German mark. We currently do not engage in any hedging
transactions. As a result, we are exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates
between these foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar and an increase in the
value of these foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could have a
material adverse effect on our operating results. To reduce the impact of
reductions in value and the volatility of future cash flows caused by changes
in foreign exchange rates, we may need to establish hedging programs, which may
not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Any acquisitions that we undertake could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our
business, dilute stockholder value and harm our operating results and financial
condition.

      We expect to review opportunities from time to time to acquire or invest
in other businesses and technologies that would complement our current
products, expand the breadth of our markets or enhance our technical
capabilities, or that may otherwise offer growth opportunities. From time to
time, such acquisitions or investments may be required to remain competitive.
If we make any future acquisitions, we could issue stock that would dilute
existing stockholders' percentage ownership, incur substantial debt or assume
contingent liabilities. Our experience in acquiring other businesses and
technologies is limited. Potential acquisitions also involve numerous risks,
including:

    .  problems assimilating the purchased operations, technologies or
       products;

    .  unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition;

    .  diversion of management's attention from our core business;

    .  adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and
       customers;

    .  risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited
       prior experience; and

    .  potential loss of key employees of purchased organizations.

      We cannot assure you that we would be successful in overcoming problems
encountered in connection with such acquisitions, and our inability to do so
could significantly harm our business.

                                       12
<PAGE>

If we do not comply with various government export regulations in the countries
in which we operate and in which our products are used, we could be subject to
significant fines, penalties or other adverse consequences and our
manufacturing operations and ability to satisfy purchase orders and achieve
financial projections could be harmed.

      Because our products can be used or adapted for military, weapons or
other similar uses, our products are subject to U.S., German, Italian and
Russian export control laws and regulations that regulate the export of
products, including components, and disclosure of technical information to
foreign countries and citizens. These laws and regulations may require licenses
for the export of some of our products from one or more of the countries in
which we are operating, as well as licenses for the disclosure of aspects of
our technology to our employees who are employed in, but not citizens of, those
countries. We believe that no such licenses are required for the products we
currently are exporting. Licenses may become required in the future, however,
as a result of our adding or upgrading products, or exporting to countries (or
nationals of countries) to which we are not now exporting. We cannot assure you
that we will succeed in obtaining any of these licenses.

If we do not comply with various environmental and other safety regulations, we
could be subject to significant fines, penalties and forced shutdowns of our
manufacturing operations.

      We are subject to a variety of national and local laws and regulations
concerning the storage, use, discharge and disposal of toxic, volatile or
otherwise hazardous or regulated chemicals or materials used in our
manufacturing and assembly processes. Further, we are subject to other safety,
labeling and training regulations as required by local, state and federal law.
Although we believe that our systems are adequate, as a growing company which
is developing new systems, we cannot assure you that we will be able to
effectively monitor compliance with environmental and safety regulations of
multiple jurisdictions.

The failure of our customers to sell products that incorporate our products due
to industry cyclicality, adverse economic conditions, large inventory
positions, limited marketing resources and other factors could negatively
impact our net sales.

      Our business is significantly dependent on capital expenditures by
manufacturers in the telecommunications as well as the industrial products
area. These areas are cyclical and have historically experienced periods of
oversupply, resulting in significantly reduced demand for capital equipment,
including the products manufactured and marketed by us. Our net sales are
dependent in part upon the ability of our customers to develop and sell systems
that incorporate our fiber amplifiers, Raman pump lasers and fiber lasers. In
addition, our customers could experience financial or other difficulties that
could adversely affect our operations and, in turn, our financial condition or
results of operations.

                         Risks Related to This Offering

We expect to experience volatility in our share price, which could negatively
affect your investment, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or
above the offering price.

      The market price of our common stock after the offering may vary from the
offering price. If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to
resell those shares at or above the offering price. We expect that our common
stock price will fluctuate significantly in the future due to:

    .  any deviations in our net sales revenue, gross profit or net income
       or losses from levels expected by securities analysts;

    .  our relatively limited operating history;

    .  the rapid expansion of our business;

    .  changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

                                       13
<PAGE>

    .  changes in market valuations of other fiber optic companies and the
       high volatility of the fiber optic industry; and

    .  future sales of our common stock or other securities.

      In addition, the Nasdaq National Market has experienced volatility that
has often been unrelated to the performance of particular companies. Future
market fluctuations may cause our stock price to fall regardless of our
performance.

We will have broad discretion to use the proceeds from this offering. If we do
not use the proceeds effectively to develop and grow our business, your
investment could suffer.

      We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for the
expansion of our manufacturing facilities, marketing and distribution
activities, research and development activities and general corporate purposes.
We may use the balance of the proceeds to acquire or invest in related
businesses, products and technologies. Our management will have broad
discretion in deciding how we use the net proceeds from this offering,
including the uses for which we have provided estimated amounts in "Use of
Proceeds." You will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic,
financial or other information on which we base our decisions regarding the use
of the net proceeds from this offering and we may spend these proceeds in ways
that do not increase our results of operations or market value.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering
and could delay or prevent a change in our corporate control and cause our
stock price to decline.

      Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option, our executive officers, directors and our
existing principal stockholders who hold 5% or more of the outstanding common
stock and their affiliates will beneficially own approximately 90% of our
outstanding common stock based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2000.
As a result, these stockholders will be able to continue to exercise
significant control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including
the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions,
which could delay or prevent an outside party from acquiring or merging with us
and cause our stock price to decline. You should read "Principal Stockholders"
for a full presentation of the equity ownership of these stockholders.

There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock after this
offering that could cause our stock price to fall.

      Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares, a
significant portion of which they will be able to sell in the public market 180
days after the date of this prospectus. Sales of a substantial number of shares
of our common stock after this offering could cause our stock price to fall. In
addition, the sale of these shares could impair our ability to raise capital
through the sale of additional stock. You should read "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale" for a full discussion of the shares that may be sold in the public
market in the future.

Provisions of our charter documents, Delaware law and change of control
agreements may have anti-takeover effects that could prevent a change in
control, which may cause our stock price to decline.

      Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage,
delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a stockholder may consider
favorable. These provisions include authorizing our board of directors to issue
preferred stock without stockholder approval, limitations on shareholder action
by written consent, and prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of
directors. Certain provisions of Delaware law also may discourage, delay or
prevent someone from acquiring or merging with us, which may cause the market
price of our common stock to decline. You should read "Description of Capital
Stock--Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions" for
a full discussion of the charter and bylaw provisions and Delaware anti-
takeover law.


                                       14
<PAGE>

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary,"
"Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and "Business," contains forward-looking statements.
These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other
factors that may cause our or our industry's actual results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any
future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or
implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors
include those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. In
some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as "may,"
"will," "should," "could," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes,"
"estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue" or the negative of these terms
or other comparable words. In addition, these forward-looking statements
include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the following:

    .  the expansion of our manufacturing capacity;

    .  improvement of our manufacturing efficiencies;

    .  development and introduction of new products;

    .  anticipated sources of future revenues;

    .  the possibility of lower prices, reduced margins and loss of market
       share due to increased competition;

    .  anticipated expenditures for research and development, sales and
       marketing and general and administrative expenses; and

    .  the adequacy of our capital resources to fund our operations.

      These statements are only predictions. Although we believe that the
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable at this
time, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or future
events.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate our net proceeds from the sale of the 8,200,000 shares of
common stock offered by us in this offering to be approximately $112.3 million,
based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses. The net
proceeds are expected to be approximately $129.4 million if the underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full.

      We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Purpose                             Amount
                            -------                         ---------------
                                                            (approximately)
      <S>                                                   <C>
      expansion of manufacturing facilities                   $80 million
      sales and marketing activities                          $14 million
      research and development activities                     $50 million
      working capital and other general corporate purposes      Remainder
</TABLE>

      If the opportunity arises, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from
this offering to acquire or invest in related businesses, joint ventures,
products and technologies. The estimated amounts set forth above and the timing
of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including
future revenue growth, if any, the amount of cash we generate from operations,
the progress of our manufacturing, sales and marketing expansion efforts and
our international market penetration. See "Risk Factors--We have broad
discretion to use the proceeds from this offering. If we do not use the
proceeds effectively to develop and grow our business, your investment could
suffer." Pending any use of the net proceeds for the above purposes, we intend
to invest the funds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade
securities. For more information, see "Business--The IPG Strategy."

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have never paid dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to
retain future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business,
and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Our
loan agreements include covenants which may restrict our ability to pay
dividends. In addition, certain of the loans to our German subsidiary, IPG
Laser, restrict the payment of dividends to IPG. For more information about
these loans, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                       16
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our cash, debt, minority interests and
capitalization as of December 31, 2000:

    .  on an actual basis;

    .  on a pro forma basis, giving effect to:

      .  the issuance, subsequent to December 31, 2000, of 1,000,000 shares
         of common stock for $500,000 and options to purchase 2,000,000
         shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share,
         reflecting a compensation charge of $12.0 million and deferred
         compensation charge of $22.0 million;

      .  the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A preferred
         stock into 1,000,000 shares of common stock;

      .  the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B preferred
         stock into 11,083,333 shares of common stock; and

    .  on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale of
       8,200,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed
       initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after deducting
       the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses,
       and our receipt and application of the net proceeds.


                                       17
<PAGE>

      You should read this table together with "Use of Proceeds," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,"
"Description of Capital Stock," our combined consolidated financial statements
and the related notes and the other financial information in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31, 2000
                                                -------------------------------
                                                                     Pro Forma
                                                 Actual   Pro Forma As Adjusted
                                                --------  --------- -----------
                                                 (In thousands, except share
                                                            data)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash........................................... $ 86,487  $ 86,987   $199,277
                                                ========  ========   ========
Debt, including current portion................ $ 10,529  $ 10,529   $ 10,529
                                                --------  --------   --------
Minority interest..............................       48        48         48
                                                --------  --------   --------
Convertible redeemable preferred stock--Series
 B, $0.0001 par value; 3,800,000 shares
 authorized, 3,800,000 shares issued and
 outstanding at December 31, 2000 actual; no
 shares issued or outstanding at December 31,
 2000 on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 basis.........................................   76,283       --         --
                                                --------
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock--$0.0001 par value; 700,000
 shares authorized, no shares issued or
 outstanding...................................      --        --         --
Convertible preferred stock--Series A, $0.0001
 par value; 500,000 shares authorized, 500,000
 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
 2000 actual; no shares issued or outstanding
 at December 31, 2000 on a pro forma and pro
 forma as adjusted basis.......................    4,962       --         --
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000
 shares authorized, 70,800,868 shares issued
 and outstanding at December 31, 2000 actual;
 100,000,000 shares authorized, 83,884,201
 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
 2000 on a pro forma basis and 500,000,000
 shares authorized, 92,084,201 shares issued
 and outstanding at December 31, 2000 on a pro
 forma as adjusted basis.......................        7         8          9
Additional paid-in capital.....................   47,027   162,771    275,060
Warrants to issue common stock.................   15,707    15,707     15,707
Notes receivable from shareholders.............     (440)    (440)      (440)
Deferred compensation..........................  (22,949) (44,949)   (44,949)
Accumulated deficit............................  (13,368) (25,368)   (25,368)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss...........      (35)     (35)       (35)
                                                --------  --------   --------
Total shareholders' equity.....................   30,911   107,694    219,984
                                                --------  --------   --------
  Total capitalization......................... $117,771  $118,271   $230,561
                                                ========  ========   ========
</TABLE>
--------

The information provided in the above table excludes:

    .  5,385,532 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
       outstanding at December 31, 2000 under our 2000 stock incentive plan,
       with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.14 per share and
       2,000,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options granted subsequent
       to December 31, 2000, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.50
       per share;

    .  5,919,600 shares reserved for future issuance under our 2000 stock
       incentive plan; and

    .  3,166,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants
       outstanding at December 31, 2000 held by owners of our Series B
       preferred stock, assuming an exercise price of $7.50 per share.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

      The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December
31, 2000 was approximately $107.0 million, or $1.29 per share. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible
assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of
common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of our Series A
and Series B preferred stock into our common stock upon the consummation of
this offering. Subsequent to December 31, 2000, we issued 1,000,000 shares of
our common stock for $500,000. The issuance of these shares decreased our pro
forma net tangible book value per share by $0.01. Dilution in pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per
share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book
value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. After
giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock offered by this prospectus,
at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, and after
deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by
us, our pro forma net tangible book value would have been approximately $219.8
million, or $2.39 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma
net tangible book value of $1.11 per share to existing stockholders and an
immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $12.61 per share to
new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following
table illustrates this dilution:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>     <C>
   Initial public offering price per share......................         $15.00
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December
    31, 2000.................................................... $ 1.29
   Decrease per share attributable to equity issuances
    subsequent to December 31, 2000.............................  (0.01)
   Increase per share attributable to new investors.............   1.11
                                                                 ------
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
    offering....................................................           2.39
                                                                         ------
   Dilution per share to new investors..........................         $12.61
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>

      The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis after giving effect
to the pro forma adjustments described above as of December 31, 2000:

    .  the number of shares of common stock issued by us;

    .  the total consideration paid to us;

    .  the average price per share paid by existing stockholders; and

    .  the average price per share paid by new investors, before deducting
       the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by
       us.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Total
                                Shares Purchased   Consideration
                               ------------------ ---------------- Average Price
                                 Number   Percent  Amount  Percent   Per Share
                               ---------- ------- -------- ------- -------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
Existing stockholders......... 83,884,201    91%  $ 86,430    41%     $ 1.03
New investors.................  8,200,000     9%  $123,000    59%     $15.00
                               ----------   ---   --------   ---
Total......................... 92,084,201   100%  $209,430   100%     $ 2.27
                               ==========   ===   ========
</TABLE>

      The information in the above tables excludes the following:

    .  5,385,532 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
       outstanding at December 31, 2000 under our 2000 stock incentive plan
       with a weighted average exercise price of $1.14 per share and
       2,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
       granted subsequent to December 31, 2000 and prior to the date of this
       prospectus with a weighted average exercise price of $1.50 per share;

                                       19
<PAGE>

    .  3,166,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants
       outstanding at December 31, 2000 at an exercise price of $7.50 per
       share held by owners of our Series B preferred stock, assuming an
       initial public offering price of $15.00 per share; and

    .  up to 1,175,000 shares of common stock that may be issued by us
       pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option.

      Assuming exercise of all outstanding options and warrants, pro forma net
tangible book value per share at December 31, 2000 would be $1.49, representing
dilution of $12.52 per share to new investors. For more information about
dilution, see "Management--Stock Option Plan," "Description of Capital Stock"
and the notes to our combined consolidated financial statements included in
this prospectus.

      If the offering is priced at the low end of the offering range, the
dilution to new shareholders would be $11.70 per share, and if the offering is
priced at the high end of the offering range, the dilution to new shareholders
would be $13.53 per share.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                 SELECTED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      We were incorporated on December 2, 1998 and at that date shared an
affiliation through common ownership with IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech,
collectively known as the IPG Group. In August 2000, the IPG Group was
reorganized, resulting in IPG Laser becoming our wholly-owned subsidiary upon
completion of the reorganization. Because IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech, the 80%
owned subsidiary of IPG Laser, have been under common managerial, operational
and shareholder control since inception, the transfers of interest are
accounted for in the financial statements as a reorganization of companies
under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Our
combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of IPG Laser
and IPG Fibertech. All intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated. For purposes of presentation of the combined consolidated financial
statements for the years ended December 31, 1998, IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech
are referred to as the Predecessor.

      We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The selected
combined consolidated financial data presented below as of December 31, 1999
and 2000 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2000
are derived from our audited combined consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected combined consolidated
financial data as of December 31, 1998 and for the year ended December 31, 1997
are derived from our audited combined consolidated financial statements that
are not included in this prospectus. The selected combined consolidated
financial data as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the year ended December
31, 1996 are derived from our unaudited combined consolidated financial
statements that are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited combined
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the
audited combined consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of our
management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the
information set forth in such statements. Historical results are not
necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.


      You should read the Selected Combined Consolidated Financial Data set
forth below in conjunction with the section entitled "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our combined
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.

                                       21
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         For the year ended December 31,
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                        1996    1997    1998    1999     2000
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
                                            (in thousands, except  per
                                                   share data)
                                           Predecessor
                                       ----------------------
<S>                                    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales............................  $1,486  $3,097  $8,263  $18,640  $52,083
Cost of sales (1)....................     930   2,436   5,560    9,688   19,240
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
Gross profit (1).....................     556     661   2,703    8,952   32,843
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing (2).............      51     219     374      677    1,421
 Research and development (3)........     305     127     682    1,477    1,826
 General, administrative and other
  (4)................................     431     276   1,000    2,712    6,806
 Equity-based compensation...........      --      --      --       --   19,988
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
   Total operating expenses..........     787     622   2,056    4,866   30,041
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
Operating income (loss)..............    (231)     39     647    4,086    2,802
Interest income (expense), net.......     (60)   (119)   (208)    (303)   1,120
Other income (expense), net..........     106     108     (47)     273       37
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
Income (loss) before provision
 (benefit) for income taxes
 and minority interest...............    (185)     28     392    4,056    3,959
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes...............................     (96)     22     234    2,102    9,434
Minority interest....................      --      --      (4)      (3)     (38)
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
Net income (loss)....................     (89)      6     154    1,951   (5,513)
Accretion of preferred stock.........      --      --      --       --     (847)
                                       ------  ------  ------  -------  -------
Net income (loss) available to common
 shareholders........................  $  (89) $    6  $  154  $ 1,951  $(6,360)
                                       ======  ======  ======  =======  =======

Net income (loss) per share: (5)
 Basic ..............................      --      --      --  $  0.03  $ (0.09)
                                                               =======  =======
 Diluted ............................      --      --      --  $  0.03  $ (0.09)
                                                               =======  =======
Pro forma net loss per share - basic
 and diluted (5).....................      --      --      --       --  $ (0.07)
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>
--------

(1) Excludes 1,325 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31,
    2000.

(2) Excludes $302 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31,
    2000.

(3) Excludes $332 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31,
    2000.

(4) Excludes $18,029 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December
    31, 2000.
(5) The calculation of net income (loss) per share and pro forma basic and
    diluted net loss per share is described in Note 3 to the combined
    consolidated financial statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                          -------------------------------------
                                           1996   1997   1998   1999     2000
                                          ------ ------ ------ -------  -------
                                                     (in thousands)
                                              Predecessor
                                          --------------------
<S>                                       <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents...............  $   72 $  222 $1,181 $   706  $86,487
Working capital (deficiency)............     587    725    547    (775)  84,574
Total assets............................   2,186  3,456  8,819  12,800  141,826
Long-term debt, including current
 portion................................   1,597  2,483  4,716   4,646   10,529
Convertible redeemable preferred stock..      --     --     --      --   76,283
Shareholders' equity (including Series A
 preferred stock).......................     145    256    435   2,216   30,911
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ substantially from
those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many
factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
prospectus. The following discussion should be read together with our combined
consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere
in this prospectus.

Overview

      We design, manufacture and sell high performance fiber amplifiers, Raman
pump lasers and fiber lasers for telecommunications and industrial
applications. Our proprietary technology, materials science expertise and
vertically integrated manufacturing operations enable us to meet the demands of
our customers for cost-effective fiber amplifiers and lasers having high power
output and reliable performance. Our telecommunications products are used
throughout optical telecommunications networks. Our industrial products are
used for a variety of manufacturing, medical and aerospace applications.

Financial Statement Presentation

      We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation on December 2, 1998 and
began operations in the United States in 1999. In November 1994, our founding
shareholder founded and incorporated a new company in Germany, IPG Laser GmbH.
In 1998, IPG Fibertech S.r.l. was incorporated in Italy as an 80% owned
subsidiary of IPG Laser. In August 2000, we restructured the ownership of
several affiliated companies, acquiring 100% of IPG Laser and its 80% owned
subsidiary, IPG Fibertech. For more detail regarding this restructuring, see
"Transactions with Related Parties--History of IPG and Restructuring." In
addition, IPG Laser, our wholly-owned subsidiary, expects to acquire a 51%
interest in our Russian affiliate, NTO IRE-POLUS, in the first half of 2001.
NTO IRE-POLUS began its operations in 1991.

      The combined consolidated financial statements and all financial data
included throughout this prospectus include IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech. These
combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All
inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated. The historical
financial statements of IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech have been prepared in their
local functional currencies and have been translated to U.S. dollars for
purposes of financial reporting. For purposes of the preparation of the
combined consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31,
1998, IPG Laser and IPG Laser's 80% owned subsidiary, IPG Fibertech, are
referred to as the Predecessor. The combination of these financial statements,
in the opinion of management, represents the results of our operations and
financial condition as if the acquisition of IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech had
been in place as of January 1, 1998. However, the results of our operations may
have been different if we had managed these entities as one consolidated
entity. As such, our historical results may not be indicative of future
operations.

      We currently manage our business as two segments: U.S. and Germany. We
believe that these segments share similar economic characteristics and
similarities in product, types of customers and methods of distribution. See
Note 12 to our combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus for a further discussion of our operating segments.

Net Sales

      We derive revenues from fiber amplifiers and Raman pump lasers for the
telecommunications industry, and fiber lasers for industrial applications.
Telecommunications revenue represented 86.6% of our revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2000.

                                       23
<PAGE>


      During 1999 and throughout 2000, we significantly expanded our sales and
customer relationships. Customers who accounted for more than $100,000 in net
sales from us or our distributors for the year ended December 31, 2000 included
ADC, Agilent, Alcatel, Antares Laser Calient, Corning, Corvis, Hughes Space and
Communications, JDS Uniphase, Lucent, Marconi, MIT Lincoln Labs, Molecular
OptoElectronics, Nortel, Siemens, T.E.M. and TeraBeam in our telecommunications
product line and Baasel Scheel Lasergraphics, DaimlerChrysler Aerospace, GSI
Lumonics, Krause Danmark, Purup Escofot and Sunx in our industrial applications
product line. However, we continue to derive a significant portion of our net
sales from a limited number of companies. We had four customers that
individually comprised more than 10% of our net sales in one or more of the
periods in the three year period ended December 31, 2000. The composition of
our net sales to our largest customers has changed significantly during these
periods due to the commencement of our U.S. operations in 1999, the significant
growth in our net sales and the addition of new customers. We seek to continue
to add new customers and to expand our relationships with existing customers.
As our sales base grows, we anticipate that the composition of our net sales to
our significant customers will continue to change. We have provided additional
information about our dependence on a limited number of customers in "Risk
Factors--We depend on a few key customers for a substantial portion of our
sales revenue and the loss of any of these customers or a significant reduction
or fluctuation in sales to these customers could significantly reduce our sales
revenue or cause our results of operations to fluctuate."

      As of December 31, 2000, we did not have any written commitments from our
customers for deliveries to be made in 2001. Our sales are made on a purchase
order basis rather than by long-term purchase commitments. As such, our
customers may cancel or defer purchase orders without penalty on short term
notice.

      The average selling prices of our products generally decrease as the
products mature, especially in the telecommunications industry. These decreases
arise from factors such as increased competition, the introduction of new
products, maintenance of market share and increases in unit volumes. In
addition, we have in the past lowered our selling prices in order to establish
new markets and niches where previously it was not economically feasible for
customers to deploy our products. We cannot predict the timing and degree of
these price declines.

Gross Profits

      Our cost of sales consists primarily of raw materials and components,
direct labor and an allocation of indirect labor and manufacturing overhead. We
are vertically integrated and currently manufacture a majority of the critical
components for our products. Our vertical integration lowers our cost of sales.
We currently maintain surplus inventory of key components sourced from outside
vendors to provide an adequate supply and to be able to fill orders quickly for
our customers. For example, we have a two year supply agreement for the
delivery of large quantities of critical components from a key supplier.
Although we do not expect this agreement to adversely impact our cost of sales
and, while we have not historically incurred any costs related to inventory
obsolescence, this higher inventory may be subject to a greater risk of
obsolete inventory in the future. Inventories which are considered obsolete
will be written off when identified and charged to cost of sales. For more
information, please refer to "Risk Factors--Our dependence on single or limited
source suppliers for some of our key components and raw materials could
adversely affect our results of operations."

      Our gross profits are typically greater for high power telecommunications
products. Our overall gross profits have increased over the last three years
because of increased productivity and economies of scale. As we continue
automation of our manufacturing processes in both our new and existing
facilities and manufacture additional components in-house, we anticipate
further economies and productivity gains. We expect, however, that these
economies and productivity gains will only partially offset decreases in
average selling prices. Additionally, the increase in manufacturing capacity is
reflected in increased capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment
which will result in increased depreciation expense in future periods. For more
information, please refer to "Risk Factors--If we cannot reduce our
manufacturing costs and introduce higher margin products to offset anticipated
continued reductions in the average selling price of our products, we may
experience reduced sales levels, reduced gross margins and loss of market
share."


                                       24
<PAGE>

Operating Expenses

      Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries and related personnel costs, travel expenses, expenses related to
trade shows, exhibitions and other marketing events. One of our strategies is
to expand our marketing operations significantly to increase market awareness
and acceptance of our products and build sales from these efforts. In addition,
we expect to expand our customer service and support organizations in order to
maintain and support our customers. We expect to incur additional sales and
marketing expenses in the future as we hire staff, establish an advertising
program, print and distribute promotional material and supply sample products
to potential new customers.

      Research and development. Research and development expenses consist
primarily of salaries and related personnel costs, test and prototype expenses
related to the design of our products, and facilities costs. We use a common
research and development platform for both our telecommunications and
industrial products. Most costs related to product development are recorded as
research and development expenses in the period in which they are incurred.
However, the research and development costs of prototypes developed for
customer-specific solutions are reported as cost of sales if those prototypes
are sold. We expect that research and development expenses will increase
significantly as we continue to enhance our existing products and expand new
product development.

      General, administrative and other. General, administrative and other
expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel costs, recruiting
expenses and costs associated with the infrastructure that supports our
operations. We intend to create an information technology department that will
implement and maintain an enterprise resource planning system for our worldwide
operations. We anticipate that in addition to the cost of our new information
technology department, general, administrative and other costs will also
increase to support the expansion of our infrastructure and as a result of
being a public company.

      Equity-based compensation. Equity-based compensation represents the
difference between the estimated fair value of the common stock underlying the
options awarded and the exercise price of those options on the date the options
were granted to our employees and the fair value of options awarded to non-
employees. The deferred compensation charges related to options awarded to our
employees are being amortized using the straight-line method over the vesting
period of the options, which is generally four years. Deferred compensation
related to options awarded to non-employees is being amortized in accordance
with the requirements of FIN 28. In connection with the grant of stock options,
we recorded deferred compensation of approximately $42.9 million during the
year ended December 31, 2000 and equity-based compensation expense of
approximately $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Given the
vesting periods of the awarded options, the $42.9 million of deferred
compensation will be recognized as follows: $9.0 million in 2001, $5.8 million
in 2002, $5.0 million in 2003 and $3.1 million in 2004. Certain options awarded
during 2000 require variable plan accounting, which requires that equity-based
compensation be remeasured at each reporting date. As such, our equity-based
compensation charge may increase in future periods. On January 21, 2001, we
issued 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock at a price of $0.50 per
share and 2,000,000 options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of
$1.50 to a key employee, which will result in equity-based compensation
totaling $22.7 million in 2001, $5.5 million in 2002, $5.5 million in 2003 and
$316,000 in 2004.

                                       25
<PAGE>

Results of Operations

      The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage
of net sales represented by the items included in our combined consolidated
statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Year Ended
                                                             December 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                          1998    1999    2000
                                                         ------  ------  -------
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>     <C>
Net sales..............................................  100.0%  100.0%   100.0%
Cost of sales(1).......................................   67.3%   51.9%    36.9%
                                                         ------  ------  -------
Gross profit(2)........................................   32.7%   48.1%    63.1%
                                                         ------  ------  -------
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing(3)................................    4.5%    3.6%     2.7%
 Research and development(4)...........................    8.3%    7.9%     3.5%
 General, administrative and other(5)..................   12.1%   14.6%    13.1%
 Equity-based compensation(6)..........................    0.0%    0.0%    38.4%
                                                         ------  ------  -------
Total operating expenses...............................   24.9%   26.1%    57.7%
                                                         ------  ------  -------
Operating income ......................................    7.8%   22.0%     5.4%
Interest income (expense), net.........................   (2.5%)  (1.7%)    2.1%
Other income (expense), net............................   (0.6%)   1.5%     0.1%
                                                         ------  ------  -------
Income before provision for income taxes and minority
 interest..............................................    4.7%   21.8%     7.6%
Provision for income taxes.............................    2.8%   11.3%    18.1%
Minority interest......................................    0.0%    0.0%     0.0%
                                                         ------  ------  -------
Net income (loss)......................................    1.9%   10.5%  (10.5)%
                                                         ======  ======  =======
</TABLE>
--------

(1)  After allocation of $1,325 equity-based compensation for the year ended
     December 31, 2000, the percentage of net sales would increase to 39.5%.

(2)  After allocation of $1,325 equity-based compensation for the year ended
     December 31, 2000, the percentage of net sales would decrease to 60.5%.

(3)  After allocation of $302 of equity-based compensation for the year ended
     December 31, 2000, the percentage of net sales would increase to 3.3%.

(4)  After allocation of $332 of equity-based compensation for the year ended
     December 31, 2000, the percentage of net sales would increase to 4.1%.

(5)  After allocation of $18,029 of equity-based compensation for the year
     ended December 31, 2000, the percentage of net sales would increase to
     47.7%.

(6)  Percentage of net sales would be 0.0% for the year ended December 31, 2000
     after allocation of equity-based compensation.

Year Ended December 31, 2000 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1999

      Net sales. Net sales increased $33.4 million, or 179%, to $52.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $18.6 million in 1999. This increase
was due primarily to a $25.6 million increase in our telecommunications
products sales and a $4.5 million increase in our industrial products sales.
Our telecommunications products accounted for $45.4 million, or 86.8%, of net
sales for the year ended December 31, 2000 and $16.1 million, or 86.6%, of our
net sales for the year ended December 31, 1999. Our industrial products
accounted for the remainder of our net sales in both of these periods. We do
not foresee a significant change in our product mix in the short term. During
the year ended December 31, 2000, 67.9% of our net sales were in North
America,21.1% of our net sales were in Europe and the remaining sales were made
in Asia-Pacific markets. Net sales to customers in North America increased
$23.9 million to $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $11.5
million in 1999 due to increased sales of optical communications products and
the overall expansion of our customer base in the United States. We expect that
our sales to North American customers will continue to comprise a significant
majority of our worldwide sales.

                                       26
<PAGE>


      Gross Profits. Gross profits increased $23.9 million to $32.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 2000 from $9.0 million in 1999. This increase
resulted from the effects of increased sales, as well as margin increases
driven by improved productivity, economies of scale and volume component
purchases.

      Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased
$744,000, or 110%, to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from
$677,000 in 1999. This increase in marketing expenses resulted principally from
an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel, resulting in an
increase of approximately $200,000 in salaries and benefits and an increase in
expenditures for public relations and promotional materials totaling
approximately $477,000.

      Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses
increased $349,000, or 23.4%, to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2000 from $1.5 million in 1999. This increase resulted from the addition of
additional research and development personnel resulting in an increase in
salaries and benefits totaling approximately $270,000, and more research and
development activities conducted by the existing staff resulting in additional
supplies and materials expense.

      General, administrative and other expenses. General, administrative and
other expenses increased $4.1 million, or 151%, to $6.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 2000 from $2.7 million in 1999. The increase resulted
principally from approximately $1.7 million in additional costs related to
additional hiring and higher salaries, approximately $1.6 million for legal,
tax, accounting and other professional fees related to the corporate
reorganization in August 2000, approximately $250,000 in personnel relocation
costs and approximately $160,000 in increased costs related to insurance
coverage.

      Equity-based compensation expenses. During the year ended December 31,
2000, we granted options to purchase approximately 5.1 million shares of our
common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.19 per share, resulting
in deferred compensation of approximately $42.9 million. This deferred
compensation will be amortized over the options' vesting periods, generally
four years, and resulted in the recognition of approximately $20.0 million of
equity-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2000. Of
this amount, approximately $19.7 million was attributable to our United States
operating segment. Options to purchase our common stock issued in 1999 did not
result in deferred compensation.

      Interest income (expense), net. Net interest income increased to $1.1
million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from net interest expense of
$303,000 in 1999. The increase was caused principally by the interest income
resulting from the investment of the net proceeds from the private placements
of Series A and Series B preferred stock.

      Other income (expense), net. Other income decreased $236,000 to $37,000
for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $273,000 in 1999. Other income is
primarily comprised of transaction exchange rate gains and losses from U.S.
dollar denominated sales and cost of sales by our German and Italian
subsidiaries.

      Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes has increased $7.3
million to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $2.1 million
in 1999, resulting in an effective tax rate in excess of 100% in 2000 and 52%
in 1999. The increased effective tax rate primarily reflects nondeductible
equity based compensation which was recorded in 2000.

      Net income. As a result of the foregoing factors, we had net income of
$1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999, compared to a net loss of
$5.5 million in 2000. Our U.S. operations incurred a net loss of $11.5 million,
before intercompany eliminations, as compared with net income of $6.3 million
for our German operations, principally as a result of equity-based compensation
expense related to U.S. employees

                                       27
<PAGE>


and, to a lesser extent, costs related to commencing operations in the United
States. Excluding equity-based compensation, our net income would have been
$11.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2000, compared to net income of
$1.8 million in 1999.

Year Ended December 31, 1999 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1998

      Net sales. Net sales increased $10.4 million, or 125.3%, to $18.7 million
in 1999 from $8.3 million in 1998. This increase was attributable primarily to
a $9.0 million increase in our telecommunications product sales and a $1.4
million increase in our industrial product sales. Our telecommunications
products accounted for $16.1 million or 77.2% of our net sales in 1999 and $7.2
million or 72.1% in 1998. Net sales to North American customers accounted for
approximately $11.5 million or 61% of net sales in 1999, while $5.3 million or
28.6% of net sales were in Europe and the remaining $1.9 million or 10.0% were
in Asia.

      Gross Profits. Gross profits increased $6.2 million, or 229.7%, to $8.9
million for 1999 from $2.7 million for 1998. This increase is principally due
to increased sales during the period and an overall increase in the gross
profit percentage from 32.7% to 48.0%. The increase in gross profit resulted
from increased productivity and economies of scale and volume component
purchases.

      Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased
$303,000, or 81.0%, to $677,000 in 1999 from $374,000 in 1998. This increase
resulted principally from increased senior management time devoted to sales and
marketing efforts during 1999, and to a lesser extent, our increased attendance
at trade shows and fairs.

      Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses
increased $795,000, or 116.6%, to $1.5 million in 1999 from $682,000 in 1998.
This increase resulted from the hiring of additional research and development
personnel, the continued development of our existing technology platform and
the development of new products for both telecommunications and industrial
applications.

      General, administrative and other expenses. General, administrative and
other expenses increased $1.7 million, or 171.2%, to $2.7 million in 1999 from
$1.0 million in 1998. This increase resulted from start-up costs related to the
formation of IPG Photonics in the United States, and approximately $350,000
attributable to the hiring of additional management and administrative staff,
such as our controller and vice president of corporate affairs.

      Interest income (expense), net. Net interest expense increased $95,000,
or 45.7%, to $303,000 in 1999 from $208,000 in 1998 due to an overall increase
in borrowings.

      Other income (expense), net. Other income increased $320,000 to $273,000
in 1999 from net other expense of $47,000 in 1998, reflecting primarily foreign
currency gains arising from the appreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the
Deutsche mark in 1999.

      Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes increased $1.9
million to $2.1 million in 1999 from $234,000 in 1998 resulting in an effective
tax rate of 53% in 1999 and 59.7% in 1998. This decreased tax rate reflects the
contribution to total net income before taxes from our U.S. operations during
1999 where the tax rate is lower, coupled with a high statutory tax rate in
Germany.

      Net income. As a result of the foregoing factors, net income increased
from $154,000 in 1998 to $2.0 million in 1999. Substantially all of this
increase was attributable to our Germany operating segment, as we only
commenced operations in the United States in 1999.

                                       28
<PAGE>


Liquidity and Capital Resources

      From January 1, 1998 through December 31, 2000, our principal sources of
funds were $16.8 million from operations, $8.3 million from net borrowings and
$100.0 million in gross proceeds from the sale in 2000 of our Series A and
Series B preferred stock. Our working capital deficit excluding cash was
approximately $1.9 million and our cash on hand was $86.5 million at December
31, 2000.

      Our short-term liquidity requirements arise principally from the need to:

    .  expand our manufacturing facilities;

    .  increase our marketing and distribution activities;

    .  increase our research and development activities; and

    .  fund our working capital.

      We expect to raise $112.3 million from this offering, net of underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses. These funds, together with any
cash from operations, will serve as the principal sources to fund our capital
expenditures and other liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months from
this offering based upon our current business plan.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

      Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $2.0 million, $4.2
million and $10.6 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
respectively. Our net income before non-cash charges increased from $917,000 in
1998 to $3.4 million in 1999 and $14.2 million in 2000. The increase in cash
provided by operating activities and net income before non-cash charges
reflects the Company's increase in gross profit from $2.7 million in 1998 to
$32.8 million in 2000 offset by increases in expenses to support these sales
increases. Cash from operating activities was further reduced by the cash used
to support the working capital needs of the Company's increased sales volumes.
In December 2000, we entered into a purchase agreement with our laser diode
chip supplier requiring minimum purchases by us of approximately $66.7 million
through December 31, 2002. Our commitment to purchase these components reflects
our expectation that sales of our products in which we use these components
will increase. However, if sales do not rise as fast as we expect, these
purchases will cause the total value of our inventory to increase significantly
and will reduce our net cash flow from operating activities.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

      Cash used in investing activities totaled $3.1 million, $5.1 million and
$19.4 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
respectively. The increase in 2000 resulted from expenditures on property,
plant and equipment, primarily consisting of our new manufacturing facilities
in Germany and the United States. IPG Laser expects to acquire a 51% interest
in NTO IRE-POLUS in exchange for a commitment to invest up to $5.0 million in
the Russian company. Based on our current business plan, we expect that our
capital expenditures through the end of 2002 will consist primarily of:

    .  approximately $25.0 million for the acquisition of land and the
       construction of buildings in the United States and Germany;

    .  approximately $15.0 million for the automation and improvement of our
       manufacturing processes; and

    .  approximately $40.0 million for the acquisition of plant and
       equipment to furnish and fit the new facilities in the United States,
       Germany and Italy.

      These amounts include $11.8 million for the construction of a new
manufacturing and administrative facility in the United States, all of which
was contractually committed at December 31, 2000.

                                       29
<PAGE>

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

      Cash provided by financing activities totaled $2.0 million, $585,000 and
$94.4 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
respectively. Cash generated by financing activities in 2000 was primarily due
to the gross proceeds from the sale of shares of Series A preferred stock of
$5.0 million and the gross proceeds from the sale of shares of Series B
preferred stock and common stock warrants of $95.0 million. As part of the
reorganization of the IPG Group, we acquired IPG Laser, requiring the payment
of approximately $9.9 million in cash and issuing 5,106,000 common shares to
certain stockholders.

      We have several construction loans and revolving credit facilities with
banks in the United States and Germany. As of December 31, 2000, we owed $10.5
million under these loans and facilities and had additional borrowing
availability of $17.9 million. Borrowings under these loans and facilities have
been used principally to finance our expansion and for working capital
purposes. Borrowings under these loans and credit facilities mature through
2006, are secured by substantially all of our assets and bore interest at a
weighted average rate of 6.1% as of December 31, 2000. These loans and
facilities cross-default to each other and contain restrictive financial and
operating covenants, including covenants requiring us to maintain a specified
ratio of total debt to tangible capital and a debt service coverage ratio. Most
of our German loans also restrict our ability to pay dividends from IPG Laser
to IPG Photonics. Based upon our current financial condition and results of
operations, we do not expect that these financial ratios and restrictions will
materially restrict our operations.

      We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, along with our
existing cash balances, our cash flows from operations and borrowings available
under our credit facilities will provide us with sufficient liquidity to meet
our current and anticipated financial obligations, committed capital
expenditures and other liquidity needs through at least the next 12 months from
this offering based on our current business plan. However, our future growth
after such time, including potential acquisitions in the short or long-term,
may require additional funding. If cash generated from operations is
insufficient to satisfy our long-term liquidity requirements, we may need to
raise capital through additional equity or debt financing or additional credit
facilities. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of securities,
these securities could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to
holders of common stock, and the terms of any debt facility could impose
restrictions on our operations. The sale of additional equity or debt
securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders, and
additional financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to
us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain this additional financing, we may be
required to reduce the scope of our planned product development, marketing
efforts and facilities expansion which could harm our business, financial
condition and operating results. For further discussion of the effect of the
failure to obtain additional capital, you should read "Risk Factors--Our
ability to grow may be limited if we need, but are unable to raise, additional
capital to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future
opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated
requirements."

Qualitative and Quantitative Risk Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

      We currently maintain our funds primarily in money market funds. We do
not have any derivative financial instruments. We plan to invest a significant
portion of our existing cash, together with net proceeds from the offering, in
interest bearing, investment grade securities, with maturities of less than
twelve months.

      Our long-term indebtedness in the United States is subject to periodic
interest rate adjustments, while our debt in Germany is comprised primarily of
fixed-rate instruments. The interest accruing on some of these fixed rate loans
is lower than current market rates due to government subsidy programs.

      We do not believe that our investments, future investments or our
indebtedness, in the aggregate, will have significant exposure to interest rate
risk.

                                       30
<PAGE>

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

      Due to our international operations, we are subject to fluctuations based
upon changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the other
currencies in which we collect revenues or pay expenses. In particular, the
value of the Deutsche mark, which has an exchange rate that is fixed to the
euro, the common currency of the European Union, affects our operating results.
Approximately 2% of our sales and approximately 20% of our cost of sales and
our operating expenses in 2000 were denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar, principally the Deutsche mark. Our cost of sales and operating
expenses are not necessarily incurred in the currency in which revenue is
generated. As a result, we are required from time to time to convert currencies
to meet our obligations. These currency conversions are subject to exchange
rate fluctuations, and changes to the value of the Deutsche mark or the euro
relative to the U.S. dollar could adversely affect our business and results of
operations.

      In addition, IPG Laser's financial statements are prepared in Deutsche
marks and translated to U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. As a result, even
when foreign currency expenses substantially offset revenues in the same
currency, our net income may be diminished, or net loss increased, when
reported in U.S. dollars in our combined consolidated financial statements. The
historical effects of foreign exchange gains and losses have been discussed
above under "--Results of Operations." We do not believe that a 10% increase or
decrease in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar to the Deutsche mark or euro
would have a significant impact upon our financial position or results of
operations.

      We have historically not utilized any derivative instruments or other
measures to protect us against foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We
will continue to analyze our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations
and may engage in financial hedging techniques in the future to attempt to
minimize the effect of these potential fluctuations; however, exchange rate
fluctuations may adversely affect our financial results in the future.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB,
issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities. This Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards
requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as
either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. During June 1999, the
FASB issued SFAS No. 137, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133, to defer
the effective date of SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 133 will now be effective for IPG
Photonics beginning January 1, 2001. Because we do not utilize derivative
instruments for hedging purposes or interest rate management, we believe that
the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not have a significant impact on our
financial condition or results of operations.

                                       31
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

      We design, manufacture and sell high performance fiber amplifiers, Raman
pump lasers and fiber lasers for telecommunications and industrial
applications. Our proprietary technology, materials science expertise and
vertically integrated manufacturing operations enable us to meet the demands of
our customers for cost-effective fiber amplifiers and lasers with high power
output and reliable performance. Our telecommunications products are used
throughout optical telecommunications networks. Our largest telecommunications
customers in 2000 were Alcatel, Lucent, Marconi, Siemens and TeraBeam Networks.
Our industrial products are used for a variety of manufacturing, medical and
aerospace applications. Our largest industrial customers in 2000 were GSI
Lumonics, Purup Escofot and Sunx.

Industry Background

      Fiber optic technologies have advanced significantly over the last
several years. These technologies have led to the recent development of cost-
effective fiber amplifiers and fiber lasers that have enabled significant
breakthroughs in telecommunications networks and industrial applications.

Telecommunications

      The rapid growth in the worldwide volume of data, voice and video traffic
is placing unprecedented stress on existing communication networks. According
to Ryan, Hankin & Kent, Internet traffic is projected to increase from
0.4 million terabytes, or trillions of bytes, per month at the end of 1999 to
over 15 million terabytes per month in 2003. With the increasing demands on
communication networks for data transmission capacity, or bandwidth,
telecommunications service providers have sought technological solutions to
upgrade and expand their networks to provide greater bandwidth at reduced
costs. Most existing communications networks were originally designed to convey
voice traffic by means of electronic signals over copper wires. In comparison
to electronic signals transmitted over copper wires, optical signals traveling
at the speed of light through thin glass fibers can carry a significantly
higher rate of data more efficiently over far greater distances.

      The fiber optic communication market can be divided into three segments,
each of which requires customized equipment solutions. These are the long-haul,
metropolitan and access segments. The long-haul segment of the optical network
transmits data over large geographical areas, typically over 100 miles, and
connects major city centers or traffic hubs. The metropolitan segment of the
optical network connects telecommunications switching stations, or exchanges,
which receive, identify and route incoming signals to other exchanges within a
metropolitan area. The access segment of the optical network carries signals
from exchanges to the junction boxes at the curbside and from there to office
complexes or directly to both business and residential end-users and enables
enterprises and communication providers to interconnect various network
systems. The access segment consists of high density urban systems, low density
suburban systems and free space optical networks. Free space optical networks
typically can be used to transmit light waves from building to building over
relatively short distances, typically less than three miles, without the use of
optical fiber. The following graphic depicts the communication network market
segments:

      [We will insert here a diagram that graphically shows the long-haul,
metropolitan and access segments of optical communications networks.]

      Telecommunications service providers first deployed optical communication
technology in the long-haul segment, and are now deploying new fiber optic
technologies not only in this segment, but also in the metropolitan and access
segments. Although there have been significant increases in bandwidth in the
long-haul segment of the communications network, bandwidth limitations and
capacity bottlenecks still exist in the metropolitan and access segments. Until
recently, the adoption of fiber optic technologies in the metropolitan segment
has been limited in part by the lack of low cost, high performance optical
amplifiers. These amplifiers are now being offered by a number of
manufacturers.

                                       32
<PAGE>

      In fiber optic networks, optical signals are transmitted at specified
wavelengths within specified ranges, or bands. Most fiber optic networks use
the C band of the optical spectrum. As the need for bandwidth increases,
companies in the optical communications industry are seeking to expand into new
bands for use in fiber optic communications, such as the L band and the S band,
as illustrated in the chart below.

 [We will insert here a diagram that shows the useable portions of the optical
                                   spectrum.]


      In early fiber optic systems, optical signals were transmitted over each
fiber using only one wavelength. In more recent fiber optic systems, an
innovative technology, called wavelength division multiplexing, or WDM, allows
optical signals of different wavelengths to be transmitted simultaneously
through a single fiber. As signals travel through the fiber they have a
tendency to be dispersed in the fiber. To protect against multiple signals
dispersing into each other, the wavelengths used to transmit signals are
separated from each other by a minimum number of unused wavelengths, forming a
buffer in which signals are not transmitted. Technological advances, such as
dense wavelength division multiplexing, or DWDM, have led to narrower channel
widths, or spacing, thereby increasing the number of signals that can be
carried by each fiber. Further advances in this technology are expected.
Bandwidth increases can also be generated by increasing the rate at which data
is transmitted, also known as modulation speed. The increasing use of DWDM,
continued narrowing of channels and increases in modulation speeds have made
fiber optic amplification more complex and critical.

      Development of the fiber amplifier has been a critical enabler of the
implementation of DWDM technology in communications networks. The distance that
an optical signal can be transmitted is limited by losses in signal strength,
or attenuation, caused by absorption and scattering of light in the fiber, as
well as by losses to the signal as it passes through optical components in the
network, or insertion loss. Prior to the invention and deployment of the fiber
amplifier in optical networks, optical signal strength could only be
regenerated by opto-electronic regenerators, which are devices that convert an
optical signal into an electrical signal, amplify it and turn it back into an
optical signal. Opto-electronic regenerators are expensive to procure, install
and maintain. On the other hand, fiber amplifiers with high power and high
performance allow transmission of optical signals over longer distances without
conversion. A common measurement of performance is the ratio of the strength of
signals being transmitted in an optical fiber to the amount of noise, referred
to as the signal to noise ratio. In addition, a fiber amplifier can handle a
wide variety of transmission speeds and networking protocols, allowing for
upgrades of the network without replacement of the amplifier. Fiber amplifiers
are also capable of amplifying multiple wavelengths at the same time, making
them far more cost-effective for DWDM applications. The two most common types
of optical amplifiers are erbium-doped fiber amplifiers, or EDFAs, and Raman
amplifiers.

      EDFAs use the light from semiconductor laser diode modules to introduce,
or pump, optical energy into doped fiber, resulting in signal amplification as
the signals pass through the doped fiber. Doped fibers are fibers which have
been mixed, or doped, with special elements added to their centers, or cores.
Multiclad fibers consist of layers of various glass compositions, some of which
are doped with rare earth ions and other elements. Multiclad fiber is designed
to optimize the absorption and transfer of energy from laser diode modules to
the input signals. Ryan, Hankin & Kent estimates that revenue from the sale of
erbium gain modules, the amplification component in the most commonly used
fiber amplifiers, was $641 million in 1999 and will increase to $4.2 billion in
2004, representing a compound annual growth rate of 45.3%.

                                       33
<PAGE>


      Two types of laser diodes that are used in EDFAs: single mode and
multimode. Compared to single mode diodes, multimode diodes have a larger
surface area from which light is emitted, resulting in higher output power with
lower power density, substantially improved reliability and longer lifetime
expectancy. Two types of fiber are used for transmission: multimode and single
mode. Multimode fiber is more efficient with a greater capacity to collect
light energy than single mode fibers, while single mode fiber generally
experiences less signal attenuation and distortion. These characteristics make
single mode fiber significantly more efficient for long distance transmission
of signals and high data transmission rates. We believe that a majority of the
fiber currently deployed in communications systems is single mode fiber.
Technological advances have made it possible to pump single mode fiber with
multimode diodes, which we believe is optimal for many applications.

      In addition to EDFAs, other significant innovations are being introduced
to improve the amplification of optical signals in DWDM networks. A significant
example is the introduction of Raman pump lasers, which are used to pump
optical energy into the transmission fiber itself to amplify the optical
signal, a process called Raman amplification. By achieving amplification
throughout the transmission fiber rather than boosting the signal at one point,
Raman amplification results in greater signal integrity. Currently, Raman
technology has been deployed on a limited basis in the long-haul and ultra
long-haul systems. Ryan Hankin & Kent estimates that sales of lasers used for
Raman amplification will grow from approximately $18.0 million in 2000 to
approximately $1.0 billion in 2004 representing a compound annual growth rate
of 173.1%. The use of Raman amplification to complement EDFAs allows for
greater spacing between amplifiers resulting in greater network efficiency.
However, due to limitations in flexibility and applications, Raman
amplification will continue to be a complementary technology to EDFAs rather
than a disruptive one.

Industrial

      Light emitted by a laser can be harnessed for numerous industrial
applications, including marking, material processing, printing, micro-
machining, medicine, instrumentation, optical storage, inspection, measurement
and control, bar-coding and scanning. The characteristics of industrial lasers
enable manufacturers to cut, weld, etch, polish, mark and measure without
physical contact in many applications, permitting higher processing speeds,
greater precision and lower overall manufacturing costs than conventional
manufacturing processes. Consequently, manufacturers and others have
significantly increased their use of lasers for industrial and other commercial
applications. The global non-telecommunications laser market had total revenues
in 2000 of approximately $3.8 billion according to Laser Focus World, a leading
industry publication, and is expected to grow by approximately 21% in 2001.

      Most industrial lasers in use today are based on gas or solid state
technologies. Lasers are categorized by the different modes by which they
deliver light energy. In continuous wave lasers, the laser beam has a stable
average power. In pulsed beam lasers, the laser delivers short pulses of light.
Historically, pulsed beam lasers have been used in industrial applications
where very high peak power is required. The most common conventional industrial
lasers are known as YAG lasers. Conventional lasers, however, have significant
shortcomings. Integration of conventional lasers systems into industrial
applications is complex and expensive, requiring free-standing cooling systems,
a high power electrical supply and significant installation space. The
complexity of these lasers requires specially trained personnel to operate and
maintain them. Conventional lasers are large and operate from fixed positions
requiring complex optics for beam delivery. In addition, limitations on the
lasers themselves, such as inefficient conversion of electrical power to light,
poor beam quality and limited life expectancy continue to reduce their
functionality.

      Many users are replacing conventional lasers with fiber lasers in
industrial applications. They offer cost-effective alternatives to conventional
laser technologies because of their lower operating costs, smaller size, higher
reliability, greater efficiency, service-free operation and their ability to
use conventional electrical outlets. For example, fiber lasers provide
significantly better beam quality allowing for precision micro-dot capability,
whereby near-perfect beams which can be focused down to a few microns, making
them particularly useful for marking and other applications. In addition to
these qualities, the flexible fiber delivery and portability of fiber lasers
allow for their use in applications for which conventional lasers cannot be
used, such as underwater welding and industrial cleaning.

                                       34
<PAGE>

Challenges Faced by our Customers

      Our customers purchase optical components and modules which allow them to
focus on designing systems that satisfy the growing performance demands of
telecommunications service providers, such as AT&T, WorldCom, Deutsche Telekom,
Sprint and Bell South. In addition, specific technological complexities of the
long-haul, metropolitan and access segments require customized optical
solutions.

      Our telecommunications customers have the following needs:

    .  Higher Power Amplifiers. In the long-haul segment, higher dense
       wavelength division multiplexing, or DWDM, channel counts require
       higher power. In the access segment, our customers require high power
       multiple output fiber amplifiers to power networks with many end
       users. In these networks, optical fiber has replaced traditional
       copper wires for applications that require higher bandwidth such as
       movies on demand, online multimedia presentations and cable
       television applications which use both analog and digital signals.
       Emerging applications, such as free-space optical communications
       require amplifiers with greater and variable power output which can
       respond automatically to different weather conditions.

    .  Greater Bandwidth and Transmission Rates. The high costs of building
       and operating new telecommunications networks provides incentive to
       maximize the data that can be sent through new networks as well as
       over existing fiber networks. Telecommunications systems integrators
       are continually looking for optical amplifiers that incorporate a
       wider range of the useable optical spectrum, operate over more
       narrowly spaced channels and at higher data transmission rates, or
       modulation speeds.

    .  High Reliability. Telecommunications service providers seek more
       reliable optical components to decrease the likelihood of system
       downtime. There is a strong demand for optical amplifiers that are
       designed and built to operate without maintenance for a decade or
       longer under various climactic conditions and have a lower risk of
       technological obsolescence.

    .  Superior Performance. Telecommunications networks must maintain high
       signal to noise ratios to increase the distance between amplifiers
       and to eliminate the need to use opto-electric regenerators. The
       signal to noise ratio measures the amount of random light, or noise,
       that mixes with optical signals as they pass through amplifiers. Some
       telecommunications systems integrators also require polarization-
       maintaining amplifiers,which preserve the direction in which the
       signal oscillates as it travels.

    .  Economically-Priced Low Power Amplifiers. Telecommunications service
       providers seek cost-efficient, low power amplifiers to eliminate
       bandwidth bottlenecks in the metropolitan and access segments. Both
       metropolitan wavelength division multiplexing, or WDM, and networks
       which bring fiber inside the building to the desk of the ultimate
       user, or fiber-to-the-desk applications require a large number of
       fiber amplifiers driving the need for decreased amplifier costs.

    .  Scalable and High Capacity Production. Telecommunications systems
       integrators demand that manufacturers of new customized optical
       amplification products scale their production more rapidly to deliver
       high volumes of quality products with shorter delivery times.

      Our industrial customers have the following needs:

    .  Performance. Industrial customers require lasers that generate high
       quality light beams at several different wavelengths and that allow
       for precise control of numerous operating specifications, including
       operating wavelength, power output, pulse rate, pulse duration and
       beam width.

    .  Lower Total Cost of Ownership. Industrial customers desire high power
       lasers that are less expensive to purchase and maintain, and have
       longer life and greater reliability.

                                       35
<PAGE>

    .  Flexible Use and Ease of Integration. Industrial customers demand
       lasers that can be easily and flexibly integrated into their
       production processes, and that are easy to use, with no service
       requirements. Additionally, industrial customers require portable
       fiber lasers for new applications.

The IPG Solution

      We design, manufacture and sell high performance fiber amplifiers and
Raman pump lasers for telecommunications applications and high power fiber
lasers for various industrial applications. Our fiber amplifiers and Raman pump
lasers cost-effectively address the needs of telecommunications customers by
enabling transmission over a broader range of the useable optical spectrum with
a higher signal to noise ratio and improved reliability at high power outputs.
We also supply high power fiber lasers with high beam quality, high efficiency
and lower device cost that can be more easily integrated into industrial
production processes than conventional lasers.

      The success of our solution is based upon the following key attributes:

    .  Advanced Technology Platform. Our state-of-the-art products are based
       on our innovative proprietary technology platform. We believe that
       our design of critical specialty components, such as doped fibers and
       specialty couplers, together with our innovative approach in
       combining these components, allows us to cost-effectively create
       fiber amplifiers and fiber lasers that operate over a broader range
       of the optical spectrum, with higher power output, superior
       performance and greater reliability. For example, we have developed a
       pumping technology that allows us to efficiently use a greater number
       of diodes in our fiber amplifiers, thereby producing higher output
       power than achievable through traditional techniques. A key element
       of this technology is our ability to pump our proprietary single mode
       fibers with multimode diodes.

    .  Materials Science Expertise. Our expertise in non-radiative energy
       transfer between rare earth ions in solid state materials is the
       basis for the proprietary doping techniques used in manufacturing our
       multiclad fibers for our fiber amplifiers and fiber lasers. Use of
       these proprietary fibers facilitates our innovative pumping
       technology and allows us to provide a wide variety of innovative
       fiber devices in numerous customizable configurations.

    .  Simplified Integrated Design. The simplified integrated product
       design used in our fiber amplifiers and fiber lasers employs fewer
       components than the products of our competitors. Our
       multi-disciplinary scientific teams design our products to decrease
       the complexity and cost of manufacturing, testing time, integration
       and the time needed to develop new products. It also improves yield,
       increases product reliability and allows quicker ramp-up of new
       production.

    .  Vertically Integrated Manufacturing. We design and manufacture a
       significant majority of the critical specialty components and modules
       used in our products. In addition, we perform all of our
       manufacturing and assembly in-house, including manufacturing of
       specialty fibers, the energy source for the amplifiers, called laser
       diodes modules, and the components, which the amplification of the
       optical signal occurs, called gain blocks. These are all critical
       components to our products. Our in-house manufacturing helps us
       increase the performance, facilitates and accelerates new product
       development, provides us with an assured supply of the high power
       fiber optic components used in our products, lowers our total cost
       and increases product reliability. As a result of this vertically
       integrated manufacturing, we can better meet the needs of our
       telecommunications customers and industrial users by quickly
       providing them with new and customized fiber optic devices.

    .  Quality-Driven Manufacturing. We test and qualify all of our
       components and assemblies, as well as our finished products, to
       assure reliability and performance. For example, we test our laser
       diodes for up to 1,000 hours under high stress conditions before we
       install them in our fiber amplifiers and fiber lasers and employ a
       testing database for assessing the operational lifetime of principal
       components. With a large in-house testing facility, we are able to
       quickly scale our production output while continuing to assure high
       quality for new products.

                                       36
<PAGE>

The IPG Strategy

      Our objective is to be the leading supplier of fiber amplifiers, Raman
pump lasers and fiber lasers to our telecommunications and industrial
customers. Key elements of our strategy include:

    .  Extend Our Existing Technology Leadership. Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev,
       our founder, leads our scientific team, more than 30 of whom hold
       Ph.D. degrees, in the development of new technologies to
       differentiate our products and extend our competitive advantage. Our
       multi-disciplinary technical expertise has enabled us to develop
       proprietary pumping techniques and multiclad fiber designs. Our key
       technological innovations have allowed us to become a leader in the
       design of fiber amplifiers, Raman pump lasers and industrial fiber
       lasers. For example, we believe that we are the only manufacturer of
       EDFAs with power output greater than five watts and we believe we
       sold the first commercially available Raman pump laser. We plan to
       extend our technological leadership through continued enhancement of
       our existing technologies and the development of new technologies
       that enable optical networks to use higher data transmission rates
       and a broader range of the optical spectrum to achieve increased
       bandwidth.

    .  Expand and Enhance Our Existing Line of Products. We plan to expand
       and enhance our broad product line. By offering a broad array of
       products, we are able to serve numerous customers across all segments
       of the telecommunications market. Our current development efforts are
       focused on the introduction of cost-effective, low power fiber
       amplifiers for the metropolitan and access markets, the extension of
       our Raman technology and the introduction of fiber amplifiers that
       cover a broader range of the optical spectrum. We also intend to
       leverage our technological expertise in fiber lasers to extend our
       product line into new industrial applications.

    .  Expand Our Manufacturing Capacity and Reduce Costs. We plan to
       significantly increase our manufacturing capacity in the United
       States, Germany and Italy over the immediate and long term. Also, we
       intend to continue to invest in automation of component manufacturing
       and device assembly and testing to reduce manufacturing costs and
       increase product quality. Our simplified product design should allow
       us to employ a higher degree of automation, thereby improving
       productivity. We intend to manufacture additional critical components
       that we currently purchase from third parties in order to lower
       costs, ensure component quality and assure supply.

    .  Expand Our Sales and Marketing Efforts. We plan to expand our sales
       and marketing efforts for our telecommunications and industrial
       products, including the hiring of marketing executives with
       significant experience in the fiber optics industry. We also plan to
       open two additional sales offices in the United States in 2001, and
       to increase our worldwide distributor network. We believe that we
       have significant opportunities to target new customers, and to
       strengthen our relationships and increase our sales to existing
       customers.

    .  Provide Our Customers With a High Degree of Technical and Engineering
       Support for Customization. Our experienced staff of multi-
       disciplinary scientists and engineers works closely with our
       customers at the conceptual stage of the product development cycle to
       quickly customize our products or create new products that meet our
       customers' specific requirements. We will continue to utilize this
       knowledge and approach to respond more effectively with products that
       meet our customers' needs.

    .  Acquire Strategic Businesses and Technologies. We intend to pursue
       strategic acquisitions of businesses and technologies that can
       provide us with key intellectual property, strategic products and
       highly qualified personnel to rapidly increase our technological
       expertise and expand the breadth of our product portfolio. Currently,
       we have no commitments or agreements for any material acquisition of,
       or investment in, any third party. We will explore joint ventures in
       other countries, where appropriate, to take advantage of improved
       cost structures and local partners who will help in developing new
       markets for our products.


                                       37
<PAGE>

Products

      Our products are classified in two major groups: high-performance fiber
amplifiers, Raman pump lasers and fiber lasers for telecommunications
applications, and high-power fiber lasers for industrial applications. These
products are based upon a common technology platform and are manufactured using
a set of substantially similar key components. Approximately 80% of our
revenues are derived from products that are customized in some way at the
customer's request. This customization relates to the mechanical parts in our
products and not our technology platform. Prior to shipment, however, all
customized orders are reviewed and approved by the customer.

Optical Amplification Products For Telecommunications Applications

      We design and manufacture a full range of fiber amplifiers and Raman pump
lasers with varying output power and wavelengths that enhance data transmission
in optical networks. We believe our line of fiber amplifiers and Raman pump
lasers offers the best commercially available output power and performance,
including wavelength range, reduced dispersion, polarization maintenance,
signal to noise ratio, reliability under high stress operating conditions and
electrical efficiency. Power, which is measured in milliWatts, generally
determines the ability of the source laser to transmit optical signals over
longer distances which, in turn, allows for greater transmission distances. The
power output from the products in this line ranges from 10 milliWatts to 15
Watts. Our amplifiers operate across the C and L bands and we are testing
products for the S band as well as the superwide band, which encompasses the
majority of the C and L bands. Our product line of over 80 fiber amplifiers and
Raman pump lasers, for use in single channel WDM and DWDM networks, are
customized and optimized pursuant to the customers' price-performance criteria
for a variety of telecommunications applications. We believe that we are the
sole commercial manufacturer of fiber amplifiers with over a one and one-half
Watt power output. The following table sets forth the various categories and
specifications by which our products are defined and compared by our customers.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Single Channel/WDM               DWDM
                                         ------------------------- -------------------------
                                          Wavelength                Wavelength
  Markets Served          Spectral Range    Range        Power        Range        Power
  --------------          -------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
 EDFAs
  Long-Haul               C band         1528-1567 nm 10 mW-2 W    1528-1564 nm 10 mW-1 W
                          L band         1565-1620 nm 10 mW-2 W    1565-1605 nm 10 mW-1 W
                          Superwide      1530-1610 nm 100 mW-2 W   1530-1600 nm 10 mW-500 mW
                          band (Testing)
  Metropolitan            L band         1565-1620 nm 10 mW-200 mW N/A          N/A
  Access                  C band         1533-1567 nm 10 mW-1 W    N/A          N/A
                          L band         1565-1620 nm 20 mW-1 W    N/A          N/A
  Access-Free-Space       C band         1535-1567 nm 300 mW-15 W  1538-1567 nm 500 mW-10 W
   Optical Communications L band         1565-1620 nm 100 mW-10 W  1565-1605 nm 100 mW-5 W
Polarization Maintaining
 Amplifiers               C and L bands  1528-1620 nm 10 mW-10 W   1528-1620 nm 10 mW-10 W
 Raman Pump Lasers
  Long-Haul                              1240-1500 nm 500 mW-10 W  1240-1500 nm 500 mW-10 W
</TABLE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legend: nm = nanometer; mW = milliwatt; and W = Watt.

                                       38
<PAGE>

Long-Haul Networks

      Our high power erbium-doped fiber amplifiers, or EDFAs, and Raman pump
lasers provide the minimal signal distortion, high power output and reliability
and the low power consumption needed for applications, such as submarine
systems and high capacity long-haul optical communications systems. We believe
that our Raman pump lasers comply with requirements established by Telcordia
Technologies (formerly Bellcore), an engineering and administrative services
consortium that establishes industry standards and specifications for the
telecommunications, wireless and fiber optic industries, but we have not
received qualification. The Telcordia requirements relate to the environmental,
electrical and optical testing for fiber optic transmitters and receivers, to
ensure that they offer the high reliability required for critical applications.
Our Raman pump lasers are offered in various wavelengths and output powers
which may be selected by our customers. We offer products that operate across
the current optical spectrum used for optical long-haul communication with high
power and a high signal to noise ratio. In addition, we sell EDFAs, fiber
lasers and tunable fiber lasers for designing and testing DWDM optical systems.
We also produce polarization-maintaining EDFAs that offer high signal to noise
ratios over greater distances.

Metropolitan Networks

      We provide low-power EDFAs for both single channel and WDM applications
for the metropolitan market segment. This market segment is growing rapidly,
with emphasis shifting from single channel systems to WDM systems. The design
of our products in this area as well as our manufacturing flexibility should
allow us to respond to the dynamics of this market segment.

Access Networks

      We offer digital WDM EDFAs, analog EDFAs with multiple outputs and EDFAs
utilizing multiple channels over multiple fibers for use in the local access
segment, including hybrid analog and digital cable networks, fiber-to-the-curb
and fiber-to-the-home networks that provide high speed data, voice and video
transmission in one cable. Our high power EDFAs with multiple outputs provide
cost-effective connectivity to a greater number of end-users reducing the
number of amplifiers previously needed to supply high bandwidth requirements in
access networks.

Free-Space Optical Networks

      We provide products for building to building data transmission up to 10
gigabits per second over distances of up to three miles without the use of a
fiber optic cable connecting the buildings. We provide eye-safe high power
EDFAs, transmitters and subsystems for deployment in both point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint free-space optical networks. Our products offer a wide
range of power outputs that automatically adjust to ensure reliable signal
transmission through adverse weather conditions, such as fog and rain. In
addition, free space optical technology has potential applications for
satellite-based communications. In this regard, we have developed polarization-
maintaining fiber amplifiers that can be used in sophisticated optical
satellite networks.

                                       39
<PAGE>

High-Power Fiber Lasers for Industrial Applications

      We design and manufacture high power, continuous wave and pulsed fiber
lasers for industrial applications. This product line includes lasers with a
high pulse repetition rate, high electrical efficiency, low cost, small size, a
mobile and flexible delivery system and reliable service-free operation. We
believe that we are the sole manufacturer of many kinds of commercially
available fiber lasers for numerous industrial applications, including fiber
lasers with over 25 Watts power output. Our products are customized and
optimized pursuant to the customers' price/performance criteria. The following
table sets forth the various categories and specifications by which our
products are defined and compared by our customers.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Pulsed/Continuous
Markets Served                 Product               Wave (CW)     Spectral Range     Power
-------------------  --------------------------- ----------------- --------------- -----------
<S>                  <C>                         <C>               <C>             <C>
Marking              Ytterbium-doped fiber laser      Both         1.04 mm-1.15 mm 5 W-50 W
High Speed Printing  Ytterbium-doped fiber laser      Both         1.07 mm-1.10 mm 10 W-20 W
Material Processing  Ytterbium-doped fiber laser      Both         1.06 mm-1.12 mm 5 W-100 W
                     Erbium-doped fiber laser         CW           1.54 mm-1.57 mm 1 W-50 W
Micromachining       Ytterbium-doped fiber laser      Both         1.05 mm-1.12 mm 1 W-10 W
                     Erbium-doped fiber laser         CW           1.54 mm-1.57 mm 1 W-10 W
                     Raman fiber lasers               Pulsed       1.10 mm-1.25 mm 1 W-5 W
Optical Sensory/     Tunable Erbium-doped fiber       CW           1.53 mm-1.61 mm 100 mW-10 W
Measurement          laser
                     Tunable Yterbium-doped           CW           1.04 mm-1.10 mm 100 mW-10 W
                     fiber laser
                     Single-frequency Ytterbium-      CW           1.05 mm-1.10 mm 1 W-5 W
                     doped fiber laser
Laboratory/Medical   Ytterbium-doped fiber laser      Both         1.02 mm-1.12 mm 500 mW-50 W
                     Erbium-doped fiber laser         Both         1.53 mm-1.62 mm 20 mW-10 W
                     Raman fiber laser                CW           1.15 mm-1.50 mm 500 mW-10 W
                     Fiber-pigtailed laser diode      CW           0.97 mm         5 W-20 W
                     systems
</TABLE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legend: mm = micrometer; W = Watt; mW = milliWatt; and MOPFA = master
oscillator power fiber amplifier.

Marking

      Lasers are used to precisely mark a wide variety of surfaces at high
speed without contact by changing the surface structure of the material. We
produce high-energy pulsed ytterbium-doped fiber lasers, as well as continuous
wave fiber lasers with external modulation, that are substantially faster, more
precise, more reliable, smaller and more cost-effective than conventional gas
and solid state lasers. Our fiber lasers have high beam quality and micro-dot
marking capability that enables accurate identification and retrieval of marked
items in automated assembly lines.

                                       40
<PAGE>

High-Speed Printing

      High-speed laser plate and film writing systems enable printers to write
high-resolution color images directly from computer files onto a printing press
plate or onto film, thus resulting in significant time and cost savings for
commercial printers. We believe our product is the first to provide operating
modulation bandwidth of up to 200 MHz. Our ytterbium-doped fiber lasers also
offer features such as high beam quality, electro-optical efficiency, compact
size, durability and ease of integration in new or existing printing systems
where the laser component can be easily replaced.

Material Processing

      Lasers are used in a variety of material processing applications,
including welding, cutting, drilling, soldering and heat treating. Our fiber
lasers offer the high-power and portability necessary for complex tasks such as
diamond cutting and underwater repair of pipelines, hulls of ships or other
marine installations, and, we believe, enable several new applications.

Micromachining

      Our fiber lasers are used in systems by semiconductor manufacturers to
repair defective or redundant circuits in memory chips with precise laser
pulses. Our lasers can also be used for micromachining for the precise trimming
of components in printed circuit boards and in the manufacture of
semiconductors. Our fiber lasers provide a wide range of operating wavelengths,
high levels of precision, high power and reliability needed for these
applications.

Optical Sensory and Measurement

      We sell fiber lasers for light detection and ranging, known as lidar,
tunable lasers, single frequency lasers and specialty lasers for various
sensory and measurement applications. These applications include obstacle-
warning, 3-D optical radar, range finding, imaging and sensing for the aviation
industry and pollution and atmospheric data measurement, data on road traffic
flow, velocity control and security installations.

Laboratory and Medical Applications

      We provide a wide range of fiber lasers and other optical products for
use in various medical applications, such as medical imaging, surgery,
microsurgery, therapy and dentistry. We believe our fiber lasers outperform
conventional lasers for medical applications, combining a wide choice of
operating wavelengths, compact size, flexible fiber delivery, precise control
and tunability. Another benefit of these lasers is ease of use by doctors and
reduced patient trauma.

Research and Development

      We have assembled a team of scientists and engineers with specialized
experience and extensive knowledge in fiber optic amplifiers and fiber lasers,
and in manufacturing process design. Our research and development team includes
over 30 scientists who hold Ph.D. degrees and over 50 additional scientists and
engineers. We undertake research and development at our facilities in
Sturbridge, Massachusetts and Burbach, Germany and through a contractual
relationship with NTO IRE-POLUS in Fryazino, Russia.

      We are developing new lines of fiber amplifiers using fibers doped
principally with rare earth ions other than erbium. Some of these are currently
being tested. Other products under development include Raman amplifiers, and a
variety of industrial lasers such as green lasers and picosecond lasers among
others. Our future success depends on our ability to continue to extend our
existing technological leadership and to develop new products that maintain
technological competitiveness. We work closely with our telecommunications and

                                       41
<PAGE>

industrial customers to monitor changes in the marketplace and to develop new
products to address their needs. For example, our fiber amplifiers and free-
space optical transmitters are the only products of their kind to be qualified
for use by Bosch Telecom and Motorola after extensive tests for Teledesic, a
global satellite project, which is currently awaiting funding. We plan to focus
our product development activities on improving our existing products,
customizing products to client specifications and developing innovative new
products. We plan to direct part of our resources to fundamental research in
related fields to maintain our technological leadership.

      We have entered into an Assignment, Research and Development Agreement
with NTO IRE-POLUS to assist in the development of fiber amplifiers, fiber
lasers and other associated products. Under this agreement, NTO IRE-POLUS
performs research and development related to these products exclusively for us
and has agreed not to perform services involving the development of
intellectual property relating to the products listed in the agreement for any
other person or entity other than IPG Photonics, IPG Laser or IPG Fibertech.
NTO IRE-POLUS has a limited, non-exclusive right to use the developed products
as well as the technology and intellectual property resulting from these
products for products not involving telecommunications or products sold
exclusively to the other parties to this agreement, in the countries that
comprised the former Soviet Union. This agreement terminates upon the mutual
agreement of us and NTO IRE-POLUS. NTO IRE-POLUS is affiliated with us via
common ownership. For more information, see "--Transactions with Related
Parties--Transactions with NTO IRE-POLUS."

Customers

      We sell our products to customers located in the U.S., Europe and Asia.
The following is a list of customers who have purchased more than $100,000 of
our products from us or our distributors from January 1, 2000 through December
31, 2000 broken down by telecommunications and industrial customers in
alphabetical order:

    .  Telecommunications: ADC, Agilent, Alcatel, Antares Laser, Calient,
       Corning, Corvis, Hughes Space and Communications, JDS Uniphase,
       Lucent, Marconi, MIT Lincoln Labs, Nortel, Optical Crossing, Siemens,
       T.E.M. and TeraBeam.

    .  Industrial: Baasel Scheel Lasergraphics, DaimlerChrysler Aerospace,
       GSI Lumonics, L.O.T. Oriel, Molecular OptoElectronics, Purup Escofot
       and Sunx.

      In 1999, Marconi and Alcatel were our only customers that accounted for
10% or more of our total net revenues, with 41% and 10%, respectively. In the
year ended December 31, 2000, TeraBeam Networks, Marconi and Siemens each
accounted for more than 10% of our sales, representing approximately 43%, 13%
and 11%, respectively. From time to time, we may in the future provide
exclusivity for our products to our customers.

Manufacturing

      We manufacture our products and components at our facilities in the
United States, Germany and Italy. Further, we source certain components from
NTO IRE-POLUS. Our Oxford, Massachusetts facility, due to be completed in the
first quarter of 2001, will manufacture our entire range of products. We
produce the majority of our critical specialty components internally, such as,
specialty fiber couplers, isolaters, spectral filters, polarizers, collimators
and optical terminators. Additionally, our vertically integrated manufacturing
operations include pre-form doping, specialty fiber drawing, laser diode module
production and gain block assembly. We also manufacture our own test
instruments, diode test racks, assembly tools and machines according to our own
designs.

                                       42
<PAGE>

Facilities

      In the United States, we rent a 25,000 square foot facility that is used
for sales and administration, manufacturing and research and development and
contains 9,000 square feet of dust-free work environment. The lease is
renewable in June 2001 for a period of one year. In the first quarter of 2001
we expect to complete the first phase of our new facility in Oxford,
Massachusetts, which will consist of two buildings aggregating 72,000 square
feet located on a 76 acre campus. Within these two buildings 10,000 square feet
will be class 10,000 clean rooms and 32,000 square feet will be dust-free
manufacturing rooms. The second phase of the Oxford facility includes an
additional 120,000 square feet and we expect to commence its construction in
2001 shortly after completion of the first phase. A portion of the proceeds of
this offering will be used to fund this second phase. When completed, the
Oxford facility will become our world headquarters.

      In Germany, we own a facility with approximately 23,000 square feet of
manufacturing and research and development space. We are currently expanding
the manufacturing capacity of our German facilities to add 24,000 square feet.
This facility is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2001. We are
currently seeking land in Burbach to build additional facilities over the next
several years. A portion of the proceeds of this offering will be used to
expand this facility.

      In Italy, we rent a 3,000 square foot facility used for product assembly,
manufacturing and testing and we plan to lease up to an additional 15,000
square feet of space in 2001. Our current lease for this facility expires on
December 31, 2002.

      Our facilities in the United States and Germany are subject to security
interests held by our lenders. We believe that our existing facilities and
those nearing completion are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable
future.

Quality

      We test and qualify 100% of our internally manufactured and purchased
components and finished goods and we plan to maintain this standard going
forward. We currently have in-house testing facilities that use our internally
manufactured testing equipment for assessing the operational lifetime of laser
diodes. We test each laser diode upon receipt from the manufacturer for up to
1,000 hours, under the high stress conditions of elevated temperature and
output optical power. We assign each laser diode to an appropriate application
based on its performance during the test. We maintain a database and history of
each laser diode chip and module tested. Currently, this database includes
40,000,000 real-time device hours of laser diode test data. We test all
finished products for 200 hours for various performance criteria. In addition,
we manufacture a substantial majority of our critical components in our various
facilities in order to closely monitor our quality standards. We expect that
increased automation will also contribute to an increase in the quality of our
products.

      We have established a quality management system to assure that the
products we manufacture meet or exceed industry standards. This system is based
on ISO 9000 standards. Our German facility has been ISO 9001 certified since
July 2000.

Supply

      Various outside suppliers provide us with raw materials and components.
For some of these raw materials and components, we depend on a single or
limited number of suppliers, but we are seeking additional suppliers in order
to prevent interruptions or delays. We cannot assure you that we will obtain
any additional sources of supply. We attempt to maintain surplus inventory to
overcome shipping delays or supply interruptions and, to date, we have
generally been able to obtain sufficient supplies in a timely manner.

                                       43
<PAGE>


      Pursuant to a non-exclusive purchase agreement with SDL that terminates
on December 31, 2002, we have agreed to purchase $66.7 million of laser diode
chips that meet our specifications. Our entire product line is dependent on the
product supplied under the contract. We have agreed to pay SDL penalties if we
fail to purchase required amounts each quarter and over the life of the
contract to compensate SDL for its investment in equipment needed to meet our
quantity requirements for laser diode chips. On February 13, 2001, SDL became a
wholly-owned sudsidiary of JDS Uniphase. Other than our agreement with SDL, we
do not have long-term agreements with our suppliers for any components.

Sales, Marketing and Technical Support

      We have one U.S. and two European sales offices. We plan to increase our
sales and marketing staff and open two more offices in the U.S. and one in the
U.K. within the next twelve months. In this regard, Dr. Vincent Au-Yeung joined
us as our Executive Vice President of Strategic Marketing in January 2001. We
are continuing to seek marketing executives with significant experience in the
fiber optic industry.

      In the telecommunications industry, our product specialists and engineers
work with our customers to customize our products to their needs. Because the
telecommunications industry is primarily comprised of a small number of large
companies, our senior management has been responsible for our sales and
marketing effort to these customers. Typically, these customers purchase a
small quantity of our products on a trial basis for six to nine months before
they place larger orders. Compared to orders for our telecommunications
products, orders for our industrial products tend to be smaller and the sales
cycle tends to be faster. We currently use a number of distributors worldwide
to help expand our sales and market penetration for both telecommunications and
industrial customers. In addition, we believe the high level of technical
support we offer provides us with a competitive advantage. We derive
approximately 5% of our revenue from sales made through distributors and 95%
from direct sales.

      Our marketing efforts are focused on increasing awareness of our products
and our brand name through our participation in major world trade fairs,
conferences and exhibitions. We also publish papers in scientific journals and
industry publications from time to time.

Competition

      Our markets are highly competitive. In the telecommunications industry,
we believe that our principal competitors are major manufacturers of fiber
amplifiers, fiber lasers and related components. These manufacturers include
Alcatel Optronics, Corning, JDS Uniphase, Lucent Microelectronics, Nortel, MPB,
and Furakawa. Our principal competitors in the industrial laser area include
Coherent, JDS Uniphase, Spectra-Physics and Optocom.

      Most of our competitors have substantially greater financial, engineering
and manufacturing resources as well as greater name recognition. Some of our
customers compete with us and some may begin to compete with us. In addition,
some of our customers have been or could be acquired by, or enter into
strategic relations with, our competitors. We anticipate that further
consolidation will occur in our industry, thereby possibly increasing
competition in our target markets.

      We believe the principal competitive factors of the markets in which we
operate are:

    .  product price, features, functionality and reliability;

    .  performance characteristics;

    .  introduction of new and enhanced products before competitors;

    .  product line breadth;

    .  compliance with emerging industry trends and standards;

                                       44
<PAGE>

    .  service and support;

    .  manufacturing capacity and reliance upon outside suppliers;

    .  ability to respond to emerging technologies;

    .  brand recognition; and

    .  access to new customers.

      We believe we compete favorably with our competitors with respect to the
foregoing factors. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to
compete successfully in the future.

Regulatory Matters

      In most countries where our products are sold, our products must comply
with the regulations of one or more governmental entities. These regulations
often are complex and vary from country to country. Depending upon the country
and the relevant product, the applicable regulations may require product
testing, approval, registration, marking, operating specifications and safety
features. All of these countries control exports of certain lasers and laser-
based items, including both physical commodities and technology. Depending upon
the technical specifications of the item and the country of destination, the
export may require the issuance of a license by the relevant government or may
be authorized without a license under general regulations.

      Most of our current products can be exported to most destinations without
the need for a license. This situation may change as we develop new and more
sophisticated products or if one or more countries in which we operate alter
their export control regulations.

      In particular, some of our products are subject to U.S., German, Italian
and Russian export control laws and regulations governing the export of
products and components and the disclosure of technical information to foreign
countries and citizens. These laws and regulations require licenses for the
export of some of these products to, and disclosure of our technology in, some
countries, including Russia. In addition, in some countries, including the
United States, these laws and regulations require licenses for the disclosure
of our technology to some of our employees who are not citizens of those
respective countries. We believe that we have the necessary licenses to conduct
our business as presently conducted. However, these laws and regulations could
change with little or no advance notice, such that items not now requiring
licenses could thereafter require licenses. We have determined what we believe
to be the proper classifications for all goods and technology that we export
from the United States and elsewhere and believe them to be reasonable and
proper. There always is the possibility, however, that if the U.S. government
were to review these classifications, the U.S. government could determine that
some or all are incorrect and would require export licensing for items that the
company believes not to require licenses. Such action on the part of the U.S.
government could prevent transfers of goods and technology while licenses are
applied for and obtained, in some cases prevent specified transfers altogether,
and result in penalties for past exports of misclassified items. If any or all
of our classifications were not honored by the U.S. government, our
manufacturing operations may be impaired, and we may face additional adverse
consequences due to these laws and regulations.

      In addition, our fiber lasers and other optical products are sometimes
incorporated into medical devices that are subject to approval or oversight by
the Food and Drug Administration and comparable regulatory bodies in other
jurisdictions. Typically, our customer, the medical device manufacturer, has
the responsibility to obtain required FDA and similar approval.

Environmental Regulations

      We are subject to a variety of national and local laws and regulations
concerning the storage, use, discharge and disposal of toxic, volatile, or
otherwise hazardous or regulated chemicals or materials used in our

                                       45
<PAGE>

manufacturing and assembly processes. Further, we are subject to other safety,
labeling and training regulations as required by local, state and federal law.
We believe that we are in substantial compliance with these regulatory
requirements.

Intellectual Property

      We rely on a combination of trade secret law, contractual restrictions,
trademark law and copyright law to establish and protect our proprietary rights
in our technology and intellectual property. Historically, we have chosen to
rely upon trade secrets and contractual restrictions, as opposed to patents, to
protect our rights because of our limited resources. However, with the
additional resources from this offering, we intend to reevaluate our strategy
with respect to protecting our intellectual property portfolio and analyze
whether we will use our additional resources to pursue patent applications. If
we do, we believe that the related expense should not be material. We require
our key employees and consultants to execute non-disclosure and proprietary
rights agreements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of all
intellectual property developed by the individual during the course of his or
her work with us and require that all proprietary information disclosed to the
individual remain confidential. We believe that our design and manufacturing
processes make it difficult and expensive, although not impossible, for others
to reverse engineer our products. We have applied for registration of our IPG,
IPG Photonics and IPG Laser names and marks in the Patent and Trademark Office
and will apply in trademark offices elsewhere in jurisdictions where we have
facilities. We intend, where appropriate, to enforce our intellectual property
rights if infringement or misappropriation occurs.

      The steps taken by us to protect our intellectual property may not prove
sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology, deter independent
third-party development of similar technologies or prevent reverse engineering
of our products. In addition, we may have no legal recourse against those who
successfully reverse engineer our products without misappropriation of our
technology or violation of contractual or other legal prohibitions. The loss of
the ability to use our technology could require us to obtain the rights to use
substitute technology, which could be more expensive or offer lower quality or
performance, and therefore could harm our business. In some cases, we may not
be able to obtain such rights. Moreover, the fiber optic components and fiber
laser industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of
patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement.
Third-parties could claim infringement by us with respect to current or future
technology.

Employees

      As of December 31, 2000, we had 202 full-time employees. A total of 72
employees were in the U.S. and the remainder are employed in Europe. None of
our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any
work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

      We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings, nor do
we know of any pending material legal proceedings in which we may be involved.

                                       46
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

      Our directors, executive officers and key employees are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Name                            Age Positions with IPG
 ----                            --- ------------------
 <C>                             <C> <S>
 Valentin P. Gapontsev, Ph.D. ..  62 Chairman of the Board of Directors and
                                     Chief Executive Officer

 Hon. John H. Dalton............  58 President and Director

 Eugene Shcherbakov, Ph.D. .....  53 Managing Director of IPG Laser and
                                     Director

 Vincent Au-Yueng, Ph.D. .......  47 Executive Vice President, Strategic
                                     Marketing

 Timothy P. V. Mammen...........  31 Chief Financial Officer and Vice President

 Angelo P. Lopresti.............  37 Vice President, General Counsel and
                                     Secretary

 Denis Gapontsev, Ph.D. ........  28 Vice President, Research and Development
                                     and Director

 Peter V. Mammen................  69 Vice President, Strategic Business
                                     Relationships and Treasurer

 Paolo Sinni....................  49 Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
                                     and Controller

 John Geagea....................  46 Chief Operating Officer

 Benjamin Peng-Chih Li..........  38 Chief Technology Officer

 Dennis Leonard.................  38 Director of Manufacturing

 Stefano Cecchi, Ph.D. .........  44 Managing Director of IPG Fibertech

 Valentin Fomine, Ph.D. ........  45 Department Head of IPG Laser

 Igor Samartsev.................  37 Director of Research and Development of
                                     IPG Laser

 Nicholai Platonov, Ph.D. ......  44 Principal Scientist, Department Head of
                                     IPG Photonics

 Robert A. Blair................  54 Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

 Michael C. Child...............  46 Director

 William F. Krupke, Ph.D. ......  63 Director
</TABLE>

      VALENTIN P. GAPONTSEV, Ph.D. has been our Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors since inception. Dr. Gapontsev founded the
IPG Group with the creation of NTO IRE-POLUS, and has been President and
Managing Director since its inception. Dr. Gapontsev has over thirty years of
experience in the field of non-radiative energy transfer in rare earth ions and
solid state materials and is the author of numerous scientific articles. In
1994, he founded IPG Laser, and in 1997, he founded IPG Fibertech. Dr.
Gapontsev holds a Ph.D. degree in Physics from the Moscow Institute of Physics
and Technology.

      HON. JOHN H. DALTON has served as our President and as a member of our
Board of Directors since September 2000. Mr. Dalton was appointed Secretary of
the Navy by President Clinton in 1993 and served in that capacity until 1998.
He served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of
EPCAD Systems, a metal technology firm, from October 1999 until June 2000. He
has been a member of the Boards of Directors of Transtechnology Corporation
since April 1999; Fresh Del Monte Produce Inc. since May 1999; and Niagara
Mohawk Holdings Inc. since June 1999. Mr. Dalton graduated with distinction
from the U.S. Naval Academy and earned an M.B.A degree from the Wharton School
of the University of Pennsylvania. He holds an honorary Doctor of Laws degree
from Trinity College.

      EUGENE SHCHERBAKOV, Ph.D. has served as the Managing Director of IPG
Laser since August 2000 and has been a member of our Board of Directors since
September 2000. Dr. Shcherbakov served as the Technical Director of IPG Laser
from 1995 to August 2000. From 1983 to 1995, Dr. Shcherbakov was a senior
scientist in fiber optics and head of the optical communications laboratory at
the General Physics Institute, Russian Academy of Science in Moscow. Dr.
Shcherbakov graduated from the Moscow Physics and

                                       47
<PAGE>

Technology Institute with an M.S. in Physics. In addition, Dr. Shcherbakov
attended the Russian Academy of Science in Moscow, where he received a Ph.D. in
Quantum Electronics from its Lebedev Physics Institute and a Dr.Sci. degree in
Laser Physics from its General Physics Institute.

      VINCENT AU-YEUNG, Ph.D. has been our Vice President of Strategic
Marketing since January 2001. Prior to joining us, Dr. Au-Yeung was the Vice
President of E-Tek Dynamics Inc., a company involved in the design and
manufacture of passive components and modules for fiber optic systems, and
served as the General Manager of its E-Tek Kaifa Business Unit since August
1999. He had been the President of Kaifa Technology, Inc., a company he founded
in 1985 that focused on the production of fiber optic components, until its
acquisition by E-Tek Dynamics Inc. in 1999. Dr. Au-Yeung received his Ph.D.
degree in Engineering from Princeton University and his M.B.A. degree from the
University of Santa Clara.

      TIMOTHY P. V. MAMMEN has been our Chief Financial Officer since July 2000
and a Vice President since November 2000. Previously, Mr. Mammen served as the
Group Finance Director and General Manager of UK Operations for IP Fibre
Devices Ltd. since May 1999. Mr. Mammen was Finance Director and General
Manager of United Partners Plc, a commodities trading firm, from 1995 to 1999.
Mr. Mammen received an Upper Second B.Sc. Honours degree in International Trade
and Development from the London School of Economics and Political Science and
is a Chartered Accountant and a member of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants Scotland.

      ANGELO P. LOPRESTI has been our General Counsel, Secretary and one of our
Vice Presidents since January 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lopresti was a
partner at Winston & Strawn, a law firm, from 1999 to 2001, where he focused
his practice in securities and technology law, and mergers and acquisitions. He
was also a partner at Hertzog, Calamari & Gleason, a law firm, from 1998 to
1999 and an associate from 1991 to 1998. Mr. Lopresti holds a B.A. in Economics
from Trinity College and a J.D. from the New York University School of Law.

      DENIS GAPONTSEV, Ph.D. has been our Vice President of Research and
Development since August 2000 and has been a member of our Board of Directors
since September 2000. From 1994 to 1996, Dr. Gapontsev worked as a scientist at
NTO IRE-POLUS. He worked at IP Fibre Devices Ltd. from 1996 to 1998 and at IPG
Laser GmbH from 1999 to 2000. In these positions he researched fiber lasers and
Raman fiber lasers. Dr. Gapontsev holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Physics from the
Moscow Physics and Technology Institute and a Ph.D. from the University of
London.

      PETER V. MAMMEN has been our Vice President for Strategic Business
Relationships since February 2001 and our Treasurer since December 1998 and has
been an adviser to the IPG Group since 1996. From 1989 to 1996, Mr. Mammen was
Marketing Consultant to Francis Shaw & Company of Manchester, U.K. He holds a
B.A. in Humanities from the University of Madras.

      PAOLO SINNI has been our Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
since February 2001 and our Controller since January 1999. He was the
Controller of Technical Communications Corporation from 1993 to 1996, of Melles
Griot, Inc. from 1996 to 1997 and of SpecTran Specialty Optics Company from
1997 to 1999. Each of these companies is in the fiber optics industry.
Mr. Sinni holds a B.S.B.A. in Accounting from Nichols College.

      JOHN GEAGEA has been our Chief Operating Officer since June 2000. From
1987 to 2000, Mr. Geagea worked for Italtel S.p.a., a telecommunications
company, in various capacities, including as Director of Russian Operations
from 1994 to 1996, Director of the Socrates Project from 1996 to 1998, Director
of International Industrial Activities from 1998 to 1999 and Director of
Contracts Management from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Geagea holds a B.S. in Computer
Engineering from the University of Illinois (Urbana-Champaign) and an M.S. in
Electrical Engineering from the Illinois Institute of Technology.

      BENJAMIN PENG-CHIH LI has been our Chief Technology Officer since July
2000. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Li served as a Section Manager at SDL, Inc., a
manufacturer of fiber optic components. He holds an M.S. in Electrical
Engineering from the State University of New York at Stony Brook.


                                       48
<PAGE>

      DENNIS LEONARD has been our Director of Manufacturing since March 2000.
Mr. Leonard was the Director of Manufacturing of Specialty Optics at Lucent
Technologies (formerly SpecTran Specialty Optics Company), a corporation that
produces fibers for communication, from 1997 to 2000. From 1993 to 1997,
Mr. Leonard was the Director of Manufacturing of Laser Imaging Equipment at
Gerber Systems Corporation, a corporation that develops and manufactures laser
imaging systems. He holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from
Worcester Polytechnic Institute and an M.B.A. degree from Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute.

      STEFANO CECCHI, Ph.D. has been the Managing Director of IPG Fibertech
since its inception in December 1997. From 1992 to 1997, Dr. Cecchi managed the
development and production of optical amplifiers and conducted research
projects on components for fiber optic communications at Italtel S.p.a. He
holds a Ph.D. degree in Quantum Optics from the National Institute of Optics of
the University of Florence and conducted post doctoral scientific research on
lasers and non-linear spectroscopy in Italy and abroad.

      VALENTIN FOMINE, Ph.D. has been a Department Head of IPG Laser since 1998
and previously as an Optical Engineer at NTO IRE-POLUS since 1990. Dr. Fomine
received his Ph.D. specializing in radiophysics from the Institute of Radio
Engineering and Electronics at the Russian Academy of Sciences. He received his
undergraduate education at the Department of General Physics of Saratov State
University, Russia.

      IGOR SAMARTSEV has been the Director of Research and Development of IPG
Laser since 1997 and has been employed as a scientist with NTO IRE-POLUS since
1990. He is a graduate of Chelyabinsk Physical Mathematical School and received
a First Class degree from the Moscow Physical Technical Institute.

      NICHOLAI PLATONOV, Ph.D. has been our Principal Scientist of IPG
Photonics since October 2000. Dr. Platonov served as a scientist at IPG Laser
from 1998 to 2000 and at NTO IRE-POLUS from 1996 to 1998. Dr. Platonov was a
research scientist at the Institute of Radio Engineering and Electronics of the
Russian Academy of Sciences from 1979 to 1996. He received his Ph.D. from the
Institute of Radio Engineering and Electronics of the Russian Academy of
Sciences and received his undergraduate degree from the Moscow Physical
Technical Institute.

      ROBERT A. BLAIR has been Vice Chairman of our Board of Directors since
September 2000 and Chairman of our National Advisory Board since February 2000.
He is currently the President of the Blair Law Firm P.C. Mr. Blair was an
equity partner at Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, a law firm, from 1995 to 1999. He
is a trustee under Winkler Trusts, which are the primary source of equity for,
and owners of, real estate ventures developed by The Mark Winkler Company. Mr.
Blair is managing partner of several real estate partnerships and has been a
manager/principal in cellular telephone ventures. Mr. Blair holds a B.A. in
Mathematics from The College of William and Mary and a J.D. from the University
of Virginia School of Law.

      MICHAEL C. CHILD has been a member of our Board of Directors since
September 2000. Mr. Child has been employed by TA Associates, Inc., a venture
capital investment firm, since July 1982 where he currently serves as a
Managing Director. In addition, he has served as a member of the Board of
Directors of Finisar Corporation, a producer of fiber optic subsystems and
network performance test systems, since November 1998 and Fargo Electronics
Inc., a developer, manufacturer and supplier of plastic card printers, since
July 2000. Mr. Child holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University
of California at Davis and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of
Business.

      WILLIAM F. KRUPKE, Ph.D. has been a member of our Board of Directors
since November 2000. Since May 2000, Dr. Krupke has been the President of
Applied Lasers, a company which provides consulting services related to laser
technology and applications, and he has served as a consultant to various
companies that concentrate in those fields. From 1972 to 1999, Dr. Krupke
served as Technical Manager for Lawrence Livermore National Laboratories, which
provides research and development for the United States Department of Energy,
and Deputy Associate Director of the laboratory's Laser Directorate. He
received a B.S. degree in Physics from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Physics from the University of California at Los
Angeles.

                                       49
<PAGE>

      Our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary are elected by the Board of Directors. All other
executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors or appointed by the
Chief Executive Officer and all officers serve at the discretion of the Board
of Directors. Each of our officers and directors, other than non-employee
directors, devotes his full time to the affairs of IPG Photonics.

      Our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Valentin P.
Gapontsev, is the father of Dr. Denis Gapontsev, our Vice President of Research
and Development and a director. Our Treasurer, Peter V. Mammen, is the father
of our Chief Financial Officer, Timothy P.V. Mammen. There are no other family
relationships among any of our directors, officers or key employees.

Composition of our Board Of Directors

      Our Board of Directors is currently fixed at seven directors. Michael
Child was elected to serve on our Board of Directors pursuant to an agreement
entered into in August 2000 in connection with the sale of our Series B
preferred stock. This agreement will terminate upon the closing of this
offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors
whose terms are to expire will be elected to serve from the time of election
and qualification until the next annual meeting following their election. Our
nonemployee directors devote such time to our affairs as is necessary to
discharge their duties.

Board Committee

      The audit committee of our Board of Directors recommends the appointment
of our independent auditors, reviews our internal accounting procedures and
financial statements and consults with and reviews the services provided by our
independent auditors, including the results and scope of their audit. The audit
committee currently consists of Messrs. Blair and Child, and Dr. Krupke.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      Our entire Board of Directors determines executive compensation. The
following directors are also executive officers and participated in
deliberations of the Board of Directors concerning executive compensation: Drs.
Valentin Gapontsev, Eugene Shcherbakov and Denis Gapontsev, and Mr. Dalton.
Dr. Valentin Gapontsev served as managing director of IP Fibre Devices and NTO
IRE-POLUS. For more information, please see "Transactions With Related
Parties--Intercompany Transactions," "--Other Transactions with NTO IRE-POLUS"
and "--Other Transactions with IP Fibre Devices."

Director Compensation

      Our directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with
attending board and committee meetings but are not compensated for their
services as board or committee members. In November 2000, we granted options to
purchase 100,000 shares of common stock to each of Dr. Krupke and Mr. Child
under our 2000 stock incentive plan at an exercise price of $3.75 per share.
The options vest equally over a period of four years. For more information, see
"--Stock Option Plan."

National Advisory Board

      The National Advisory Board, or NAB, of the Company is currently composed
of eight individuals. The purpose of the NAB is to provide us with advice on
our business and strategy. The NAB meets from three to four times a year.
Members of the NAB are reimbursed for travel and other expenses incurred in
attending meetings, but are not compensated for attending meetings or for
advisory services that they provide to us. Hon. John H. Dalton, Robert Blair
and Dr. William Krupke are members of the NAB, and Mr. Blair is its Chairman.
Each individual was granted options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock
having an exercise price of $0.50 per share. Messrs. Dalton, Blair and Krupke
joined the NAB prior to becoming an officer or director of IPG Photonics, and
Messrs. Dalton and Blair exercised their options in full in 2000. Dr. Krupke
exercised his option for 30,000 shares in 2000.

                                       50
<PAGE>

Executive Compensation

                           Summary Compensation Table

      The following table sets forth information regarding compensation
received during the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 by our Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other executive
officers whose total salary and bonus earned during the Company's last fiscal
year exceeded $100,000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Annual
                                    Compensation       Long Term Compensation
                                  -------------------- -----------------------
                                                       Securities
                                                       Underlying    Other
Name and Principal Position  Year  Salary      Bonus    Options   Compensation
---------------------------  ---- --------    -------- ---------- ------------
<S>                          <C>  <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
 Chairman of the Board and
 Chief Executive Officer.... 2000 $397,039(1) $100,000      --          --
                             1999 $229,280(1)  $88,023      --          --
Hon. John H. Dalton
 President (2).............. 2000  $73,077         --   800,000      $1,731(3)
Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov
 Managing Director of IPG    2000 $164,068(4)      --       --          --
 Laser...................... 1999 $124,993         --       --          --
Timothy P. V. Mammen
Chief Financial Officer and
 Vice President (5)......... 2000 $138,500         --   100,000         --
John Geagea
 Chief Operating Officer
 (6)........................ 2000 $100,000         --   800,000     $28,737(7)
</TABLE>
--------
(1) Includes $10,000 and $5,872 paid to Dr. Gapontsev by NTO IRE-POLUS during
    the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
(2) Hon. John H. Dalton joined as our President in September 2000. Includes
    options for 100,000 shares granted prior to Mr. Dalton's employment for
    service on the National Advisory Board. For a description of the National
    Advisory Board, please see "Management--National Advisory Board."
(3) Represents our contribution to Mr. Dalton's 401(k) plan account.

(4) Includes $2,900 paid by NTO IRE-POLUS and $13,500 paid by VPG Laser
    Components during the year ended December 31, 2000. Also includes $14,700
    paid by VPG Laser Components during the year ended December 31, 1999.
(5) Mr. Mammen was hired as our Chief Financial Officer in July 2000, but his
    salary includes compensation paid by IP Fibre Devices Ltd. during 2000 for
    services performed on behalf of our business.
(6) Mr. Geagea was hired as our Chief Operating Officer in June 2000.
(7) Represents our $2,769 contribution to Mr. Geagea's 401(k) plan account and
    a relocation allowance of $25,968.

                                       51
<PAGE>

                     Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year

      The following table contains information regarding the number and value
of stock options granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 to our
five most highly compensated executive officers set forth in the Summary
Compensation Table above. Neither Dr. Gapontsev nor Dr. Shcherbakov was granted
stock options during that fiscal year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Potential Realizable
                                                                                Value at Assumed Annual
                                                                                    Rates of Stock
                                                                                Appreciation for Option
                                                                                       Term (3)
                                                                                -----------------------
                            Number of       % of Total
                           Securities     Options Granted  Exercise
                           Underlying      to Employees    Price per Expiration
Name                     Options Granted During Period (1) Share (2)    Date        5%          10%
----                     --------------- ----------------- --------- ---------- ----------- -----------
<S>                      <C>             <C>               <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
Hon. John H. Dalton.....     100,000           2.05%         $0.50     3/17/10  $ 2,403,000 $ 3,841,000
                             600,000          12.31%         $1.00     8/01/10  $14,118,000 $22,746,000
                             100,000           2.05%         $3.75    11/28/10  $ 2,078,000 $ 3,516,000
Timothy P. V. Mammen....     100,000           2.05%         $3.75    11/28/10  $ 2,078,000 $ 3,516,000
John Geagea.............     800,000          16.42%         $0.50     6/18/10  $19,224,000 $30,728,000
</TABLE>
--------
(1) The percentage of total options granted is based on an aggregate of
    4,870,000 options granted by us during the year ended December 31, 2000.
(2) The options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market
    value of our common stock determined in good faith by our Board of
    Directors. The options granted to Messrs. Mammen and Geagea, and 100,000 of
    the options granted to Mr. Dalton, fall under our 2000 incentive
    compensation plan, vest 25% approximately one year from the date of grant
    and 25% on each anniversary of the first vesting date thereafter. We
    granted 600,000 options granted to Mr. Dalton under our 2000 incentive
    compensation plan which vested 25% upon the date of grant and the remainder
    vest in the following proportions on each anniversary of the date of grant,
    respectively: 25%, 20%, 20% and 10%. We granted 100,000 options granted to
    Mr. Dalton outside of our 2000 incentive compensation plan for his service
    on the National Advisory Board which vested immediately upon the date of
    grant.
(3) The potential realizable value is based on the assumption that our common
    stock appreciates at specified annual rates, compounded annually, from the
    date of grant until the expiration of the ten-year term. These numbers are
    calculated based on Securities and Exchange Commission requirements and do
    not reflect our projections or estimates of future stock price growth.
    Potential realizable values are computed by:

  --multiplying the number of shares of common stock underlying each option
   by the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share;

  --assuming that the aggregate stock value derived from that calculation
   compounds at the annual specified rate shown in the table until the
   expiration of the options; and

  --subtracting from that result the aggregate option exercise price.

      Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises and common stock holdings
are dependent on the time of such exercise and the future performance of our
common stock.

                                       52
<PAGE>

 Aggregated Option Exercises in the Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option
                                     Values

      The following table provides summary information with respect to our five
most highly compensated executive officers set forth in the Summary
Compensation Table above and who hold stock options. As of December 31, 2000,
all options granted to such officers were granted under our 2000 incentive
compensation plan with the exception of 100,000 options granted to Hon. John H.
Dalton on March 17, 2000 for his service on the National Advisory Board.
Neither Dr. Gapontsev nor Dr. Shcherbakov hold stock options.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Number of Securities
                                                             Underlying Unexercized   Value of Unexercised In-
                                                             Options/SARs at Fiscal   the-Money Options/SARs at
                                                                    Year-End             Fiscal Year-End (1)
                                                            ------------------------- -------------------------
                         Shares Acquired
Name                      Upon Exercise  Value Realized (1) Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
----                     --------------- ------------------ ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S>                      <C>             <C>                <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Hon. John H. Dalton.....     100,000         $1,450,000          --            --           --             --
                             150,000         $2,100,000          --        450,000          --     $ 6,300,000
                                 --                 --           --        100,000          --     $ 1,125,000
Timothy P. V. Mammen....         --                 --        25,000       575,000     $362,500    $ 8,012,500
John Geagea.............         --                 --           --        800,000          --     $11,600,000
</TABLE>
--------
(1) There was no public trading market for our common stock as of December 31,
    2000. Accordingly, these values have been calculated on the basis of the
    assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, less the
    applicable exercise price.

Employment Agreements

      On September 1, 1995, IPG Laser entered into an employment contract with
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
Board of Directors. The agreement provides for Dr. Gapontsev's employment, for
no specific term, as Managing Director of IPG Laser. Under the current terms of
the agreement, Dr. Gapontsev receives annual compensation of DM 476,000, or
approximately $229,000 at December 31, 2000, as well as use of a company car
and company housing. In 2000, Dr. Gapontsev received an additional $250,000 in
compensation from IPG Photonics.

      Our employment agreement with Hon. John H. Dalton provides for his
employment from September 1, 2000 to August 31, 2004 as our President at a base
annual salary of $250,000 per year, subject to an annual increase at our
discretion. The agreement provides that during his employment with us and for a
period of two years after, Mr. Dalton will not enter into any business activity
that is competitive with any of our business activities. Pursuant to his
agreement, we granted Mr. Dalton options to purchase 600,000 shares of our
common stock, at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, vesting over a four-year
period. The agreement automatically renews for successive one-year periods if
not terminated thirty days before the end of its current term. In the event of
our termination of Mr. Dalton's employment on or after September 1, 2001 other
than for cause, Mr. Dalton is entitled to the equivalent of twelve month's
salary and benefits. In the event of such a termination, all of Mr. Dalton's
options that are scheduled to vest on the next anniversary date following
notice of termination will vest upon termination.

      Under the current terms of our agreement with Dr. Shcherbakov, he
receives an annual salary of DM 392,000, or approximately $189,000 at December
31, 2000. Either IPG or Dr. Shcherbakov may terminate the agreement after the
third year of the term upon six months notice.

      Our employment agreement with John Geagea provides for his employment
from June 1, 2000 to June 1, 2002 as our Chief Operating Officer at a base
annual salary of $200,000 per year, subject to an annual increase at our
discretion. In addition, we granted Mr. Geagea options to purchase 800,000
shares of our

                                       53
<PAGE>

common stock at an exercise price of $0.50 per share, vesting over a four-year
period. The agreement automatically renews for successive one-year periods if
not terminated thirty days before the end of its current term. In the event of
our termination of Mr. Geagea's employment with less than 180 days notice,
other than for cause, Mr. Geagea is entitled to the equivalent of 180 days of
salary and benefits continuation.

      In November 2000, we entered into an employment agreement with Vincent
Au-Yeung that provides for his at-will employment as our Executive Vice
President for Strategic Marketing at a base annual salary of $200,000 and an
annual bonus of up to 25% of this annual salary. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr.
Au-Yeung purchased 1,000,000 shares of our common stock at $0.50 per share. Dr.
Au-Yeung borrowed $1,157,000 from us to pay applicable taxes in connection with
his purchase of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock. The loan bears interest
at 5.6%, is full recourse to Dr. Au-Yeung and is secured by 1,000,000 shares of
common stock. The note is to be repaid with the proceeds from the sales of any
of the 1,000,000 shares purchased by him. This loan matures in January 2006 and
must be repaid sooner if he terminates employment. We have the right to
repurchase these shares if Dr. Au-Yeung terminates his employment prior to July
19, 2001. We have also granted to Dr. Au-Yeung an option to purchase 500,000
shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. The option
vests on the earlier of October 1, 2001 or the date on which we first achieve
$200,000,000 of gross revenue. We have also granted Dr. Au-Yeung an additional
option for 1,500,000 shares at an exercise price of $1.50 per share, which
vests monthly in equal installments over thirty-six months and vests entirely
on the date we first achieve $400,000,000 of gross revenue. In the event of our
termination of Dr. Au-Yeung's employment with less than 180 days notice, other
than for cause, Dr. Au-Yeung is entitled to the equivalent of 180 days of
salary and benefits continuation.

Non-Competition Agreements

      In connection with the sale of our Series B preferred stock in August
2000, we entered into non-competition agreements with Drs. Valentin P.
Gapontsev, Denis Gapontsev, Eugene Shcherbakov and other scientists. We intend
to execute similar non-competition agreements with our scientific personnel in
the future. The agreements prohibit the employees from engaging in any way with
or in a business that is competitive with any member of the IPG Group for one
year from termination of employment with us. The agreements also provide that
the employee may not solicit other employees from IPG Photonics, IPG Laser or
IPG Fibertech within the later of 18 months after termination of employment or
two years after signing and also provide for assignment of all inventions and
nondisclosure of proprietary information.

Stock Option Plan

      Our 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan was adopted by the Board of
Directors and approved by the stockholders in April 2000. As amended in
November 2000, the plan authorizes us to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of
common stock. The Board of Directors currently administers the plan, but may
transfer its administration to the Compensation Committee. The plan allows
grants of incentive stock options to our employees, including officers and
employee directors, and employees of our "affiliates" within the meaning of
Section 424 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. In addition, the plan allows
grants of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation
rights, performance shares and units, and cash awards to our employees,
nonemployee directors, and independent contractors, and also to employees,
nonemployee directors and independent contractors of IPG Photonics or other
entities deemed affiliated with IPG Photonics by the Board of Directors. The
plan has a term of ten years, unless terminated sooner by the Board of
Directors.

      The plan provides the exercise price of incentive stock options granted
under the plan must not be less than the fair market value of a share of the
common stock on the date of grant, and imposes certain additional statutory
requirements. In the case of nonstatutory stock options and other awards, the
exercise price (or issuance price) must generally not be less than the fair
market value of a share of the common stock on the date of grant, unless the
Board of Directors in its sole discretion and due to special circumstances
determines otherwise on the date of grant. A maximum of 4,000,000 shares of
common stock may be awarded under the

                                       54
<PAGE>

plan to any one individual in any calendar year. The Board of Directors has the
discretion to determine vesting schedules, exercise requirements and potential
forfeiture of all awards granted under the plan. The plan provides that in
connection with a "change in control" (as defined in the plan), the Board of
Directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that an award may be assumed by
the entity taking control or may be substituted by a similar award under such
entity's compensation plan. Alternatively, in connection with a change in
control, the plan allows the Board of Directors to accelerate the vesting of
outstanding options or other awards or to cash out outstanding options and
other awards, subject to certain limitations.

      As of December 31, 2000, nonstatutory stock options had been granted and
restricted stock issued to employees of IPG Photonics and affiliated entities
under the plan. As of December 31, 2000:

    .  694,868 shares of common stock had been issued upon exercise of
       nonstatutory stock options;

    .  500,000 shares of restricted common stock had been issued; and

    .  nonstatutory stock options to purchase 5,385,532 shares of common
       stock were outstanding under the plan with a weighted average
       exercise price of $1.14.

In November 2000, we increased the size of the plan from 7,500,000 shares to
15,000,000 shares and as of December 31, 2000, 5,919,600 shares of common stock
remained available for future grants.

401(k) Plan

      The IPG Photonics Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan became effective on
March 1, 1999 and covers all of our eligible employees. Our 401(k) plan is
intended to be a qualified retirement plan under the Internal Revenue Code. All
contributions to the plan by eligible employees or by us, and the investment
earnings thereon, are not taxable to such employees until withdrawn, and any
contributions we may make are expected to be deductible by us when made. Our
eligible employees may elect to reduce their current compensation and have the
amount of such reduction contributed to our plan. We make matching
contributions in an amount equal to 50% of each employee's contribution to the
401(k) plan, subject to a maximum of 6% of such employee's annual compensation.

                                       55
<PAGE>

                       TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

      Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described
in "Management," and the transactions described below, for the last three full
fiscal years there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any
transaction or series of similar transactions to which we are or will be a
party:

    .  in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000, and

    .  in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of
       our common stock on an as-converted basis or any member of their
       immediate family has or will have a direct or indirect material
       interest.

      We believe that each of the transactions described below are on terms no
less favorable than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Although we do not have a separate conflicts policy, we comply with Delaware
law with respect to transactions involving potential conflicts. Delaware law
requires that all transactions between us and any director or executive officer
are subject to full disclosure and approval of the majority of the
disinterested members of our board of directors, approval of the majority of
the shareholders of IPG Photonics, or the determination that the contract or
transaction is intrinsically fair to IPG Photonics.

History of IPG Photonics and Restructuring

      In November 1994, our founding shareholder, Dr. Valentin Gapontsev,
formed a new company in Germany, IPG Laser GmbH. He also subsequently formed
IPG Fibertech S.r.l. in Italy. We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation
on December 2, 1998 and began operations in the United States in 1999. Prior to
August 2000, IPG Laser, IPG Fibertech and our company were operated under the
common control and management of Dr. Gapontsev. Fifty-percent of IPG Laser was
owned by IP Fibre Devices, an affiliate of Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, and 50% was
owned directly by Dr. Gapontsev. IPG Laser owned 80% of IPG Fibertech.

      We entered into three agreements as of August 24, 2000 in connection with
the restructuring of IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech. The restructuring was
undertaken to streamline and simplify our organizational structure, to make our
operations more easily financeable and to consolidate the ownership of our
material property and technology under our direct control. The restructuring
was also a condition to the Series B preferred stock financing. As a result of
the restructuring, IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech became our subsidiaries under
our direct control. As a result of the reorganization which resulted in our
ownership of IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech, we gained control of manufacturing,
research and development facilities, established customer relationships, and
gained access to technology, know how and additional technical equipment used
in the design, development and manufacture of our products. The reorganization
also added approximately 85 employees to IPG Photonics.

      The first agreement relating to the restructuring was between IPG
Photonics and IP Fibre Devices, in which IP Fibre Devices sold 50% of the total
issued and outstanding shares of IPG Laser to IPG Photonics in exchange for
$7.5 million in cash and 2,300,000 shares of our common stock. Dr. Gapontsev is
the Managing Director and majority shareholder of IP Fibre Devices. The second
agreement was between IPG Photonics and Dr. Gapontsev, in which Dr. Gapontsev
sold 4% of the total issued and outstanding shares of IPG Laser to IPG
Photonics in exchange for $2.4 million in cash. The third agreement was an
option agreement in which Dr. Gapontsev granted IPG Photonics the option to
purchase the remaining 46% of the total issued and outstanding share capital of
IPG Laser from Dr. Gapontsev in exchange for 2,806,000 shares of our common
stock. On October 4, 2000, we exercised this option and now own 100% of the
issued and outstanding shares of IPG Laser. We also indirectly control IPG
Laser's 80%-held subsidiary, IPG Fibertech. The remaining 20% of IPG Fibertech
is owned by Stefano Cecchi, its Managing Director.

      IPG Photonics and IPG Laser, focus on the design, manufacture and sale of
high performance fiber amplifiers, Raman pump lasers and fiber lasers for
telecommunications and industrial applications. The

                                       56
<PAGE>


operations of IPG Fibertech consist of assembling fiber amplifiers and fiber
lasers for IPG Photonics and IPG Laser, as well as developing customer
relationships in Europe and the Middle East. IP Fibre Devices is a holding
company with no significant operations and served as a distributor of our
products in the United Kingdom until December 31, 2000. The operations of IPG
Photonics, IPG Laser and IPG Fibertech have remained substantially unchanged as
a result of the reorganization, however, the expansion of our U.S. operations
since 1999 has helped expand our sales and customer base.

      Following the reorganization, IPG Laser reached an agreement in principle
to acquire a 51% interest in NTO IRE-POLUS, a Russian affiliate of Dr.
Gapontsev that provides us with research and development services. NTO IRE-
POLUS is expected to add to our research and development capabilities, provide
us with a source of low-cost contract manufacturing capacity, as well as
develop and enhance customer relationships in eastern Europe and Russia. See
"--Other Transactions with NTO IRE-POLUS."

      Dr. Valentin Gapontsev is our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer and, as of December 31, 2000, directly owned 45.6% of our common stock.
As of this date, IP Fibre Devices directly owned 28.1% of our common stock and
Dr. Valentin Gapontsev directly owned 53.0% of IP Fibre Devices' ordinary
shares. Based on these shareholdings, Dr. Gapontsev beneficially owned in the
aggregate 72.5% of our shares of common stock directly through his ownership of
IPG Photonics and indirectly through his control of IP Fibre Devices, excluding
shares held by his son, Dr. Denis Gapontsev. The following chart presents the
overlap in ownership of IPG Photonics, its subsidiaries and affiliated parties
by common members of management at December 31, 2000, without giving effect to
the offering, and giving effect to the closing of the proposed investment by
IPG Laser in NTO IRE-POLUS:



                                 [FLOW CHART]

  ---------------------------------      ----------------------------------
    Dr. Valentin Gapontsev  45.6%          Dr. Valentin Gapontsev    53.0%
    Dr. Denis Gapontsev      6.0%          Dr. Denis Gapontsev       15.0%
    Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov   0.7%          Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov     8.0%
    Dr. Valentin Fomine      0.7%          Dr. Valentin Formine       8.0%
    Mr. Igor Samartsev       1.2%          Mr. Igor Samartsev         8.0%
    Dr. Nikolai Platonov     0.7%          Dr. Nikolai Platonov       8.0%

  ---------------------------------      ----------------------------------
                 |                                      |100.0%
                 |
                 |                   -------------------------    ----------
                 |                     IP Fibre Devices Ltd.        Others
               55.0%                           26.9%                 18.1%
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------

              -----------------------------
                IPG Photonics Corporation
              -----------------------------
                          |
                        100%
                          |
              -------------------------
                    IPG Laser GmbH
              -------------------------
                          |
          --------------------------------    --------------------------------
                          |                     Dr. Valentin Gapontsev  27.0%
--------------------      |                     Mr. Igor Samartsev       5.0%
 Dr. Stefano Cecchi       |                     Dr. Nicolai Platonov     1.0%
--------------------      |                     Others                  16.0%
            20.0%  |      |                   --------------------------------

             ------------------------          | 49%
             | 80%                  | 51.0%
 -------------------------     ------------------
    IPG Fibertech S.R.L.          NTO IRE-POLUS
 -------------------------     ------------------

Intercompany Transactions

      Prior to the restructuring, we entered into various transactions with
other companies under the common control and management of Dr. Valentin
Gapontsev. These companies included IP Fibre Devices, IPC

                                       57
<PAGE>


Inc., IP Fibre Optics Ltd., VPG Laser Components GmbH and NTO IRE-POLUS.
Historically, our transactions with these companies occurred in the ordinary
course of business and consisted primarily of intercompany sales and purchases
of raw materials and components included in our cost of sales. The following is
a table summarizing these transactions for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1999 and 2000. Amounts reported as operating expenses represent management
charges from IP Fibre Devices. Interest expense represents amounts incurred on
intercompany borrowings.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Years ended December 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     1998      1999      2000
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                         (in thousands)
     <S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
     Net sales.................................... $  1,103  $    655  $  1,394
     Purchases....................................    2,133     2,095     4,573
     Operating expenses...........................       32       106       320
     Interest income (expense), net...............      (10)      (17)      --
</TABLE>

Other Transactions with NTO IRE-POLUS

      In connection with our restructuring in August 2000, we entered into an
agreement regarding intellectual property with NTO IRE-POLUS. Pursuant to the
agreement, NTO IRE-POLUS has agreed to provide us and our subsidiaries, on an
exclusive basis, with research and development services relating to fiber
amplifiers, fiber lasers and other associated products as well as all
intellectual property incorporated in or relating to these products. Under this
agreement, we are required to pay NTO IRE-POLUS's direct and overhead costs,
plus a fee of 10%, for its research and development services. For a complete
description of this arrangement, see "Business--Research and Development."

      On October 3, 2000, we agreed to loan $1,000,000 to NTO IRE-POLUS. These
funds will be used for working capital and capital expenditures to assist NTO
IRE-POLUS in providing us components and capital equipment, and test equipment
for components and finished products used in the manufacture of our products
including optical components such as isolators and couplers. At December 31,
2000, the Company had advanced $500,000 to NTO IRE-POLUS in exchange for a note
bearing interest at an annual rate of 7.0% and repayable in June 2001. In
February 2001, the Company advanced an additional $500,000 to NTO IRE-POLUS
under similar terms. This loan bears interest at an annual rate of 7.0% and has
a term of six months from the date the money is transferred to NTO IRE-POLUS.

      During 1999 and 2000, IPG purchased capital equipment used in the
production and testing processes from NTO IRE-POLUS in the aggregate amounts of
$176,000 and $473,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2000,
NTO IRE-POLUS purchased equipment from IPG in the aggregate amount of $187,000.

      IPG Laser has agreed in principle to acquire a 51% interest in NTO IRE-
POLUS in exchange for IPG's commitment to invest up to $5.0 million in NTO IRE-
POLUS. This obligation is subject to and in accordance with the business plan
of NTO IRE-POLUS which IPG Laser must approve. The duration of this commitment
is indefinite, although we expect IPG Laser's investment obligation to be
satisfied within three years. The proceeds of the investment are to be used by
NTO IRE-POLUS solely for equipment purchases and the development of additional
manufacturing capacity. The transaction is subject to satisfaction of usual and
customary closing conditions, as well as the approval of the Russian Ministry
for Anti-Monopoly Policy. While we believe that these conditions will be
satisfied and the acquisition will be consummated in the first half of 2001, we
cannot assure you that the acquisition will be completed or completed on the
terms currently contemplated. If the NTO acquisition cannot be completed, we
anticipate that NTO would continue to seek alternative funding including
alternative funding from us. If NTO is not able to obtain such alternative
funding from IPG or others, their expansion plans would be limited, which in
turn could affect their ability to supply increased amounts of components and
equipment to us.

                                       58
<PAGE>

Other Transactions with IP Fibre Devices

      In the past, we have sold products to IP Fibre Devices which resells
those products to its customers in the United Kingdom. Effective January 1,
2001, we terminated our distribution relationship with IP Fibre Devices and we
now sell our products directly to customers in the United Kingdom through a
wholly-owned subsidiary that was recently formed. Currently, we sublease office
space from, and share general and administrative expenses with, IP Fibre
Devices at an aggregate estimated annual expense to us of approximately
$250,000.

      Mr. Timothy Mammen, our Chief Financial Officer, performed managerial and
consulting services for IPG Photonics while being employed by IP Fibre Devices.
These services consisted of accounting and financial advice as well as the
management and control of all financial functions. Mr Mammen's salary was paid
by IP Fibre Devices and is included in "Management --Executive Compensation" as
part of his income for fiscal year 2000. Mr. Mammen's employment by IP Fibre
Devices has been terminated and Mr. Mammen is now a full-time employee of IPG
Photonics.

      Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov and Dr. Denis Gapontsev were paid DM 28,000, or
$14,700, and DM 280,000, or $134,960, respectively, in 2000 by VPG Laser
Components, a subsidiary of IP Fibre Devices. In addition, Dr. Shcherbakov
received DM 28,000, or $13,500, from VPG Laser Components in 1999. These
payments were for management consulting services of Dr. Shcherbakov and
research and development consulting services of Dr. Gapontsev provided by VPG
Laser Components for IPG Laser. Going forward, Dr. Denis Gapontsev will receive
DM 2,000 per month from VPG Laser Components and the rest of his compensation
from IPG Laser. Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov will receive his compensation from IPG
Laser.

TeraBeam Agreements

      We sell a significant amount of our products to TeraBeam. In April 1998,
IP Fibre Devices entered into an agreement with TeraBeam providing for the sale
of free-space optical point-to-multipoint fiber amplifiers with an output power
of one Watt or greater. From July 1998 to August 1998, IPG Laser sold $185,370
worth of products to TeraBeam in exchange for $135,370 in cash and 571,428
shares of TeraBeam common stock. Pursuant to a partnering agreement executed
with TeraBeam in April 1998, TeraBeam issued in August 1998 1,561,144 shares of
its common stock to IP Fibre Devices in consideration of a discount on products
sold to TeraBeam. This partnering agreement terminated in 1999. From November
1999 to February 2000, we sold an aggregate of $2.0 million of our products to
TeraBeam. TeraBeam paid us $1.6 million in cash and issued 865,924 shares of
TeraBeam common stock to IP Fibre Devices. In connection with this transaction,
IP Fibre Devices issued a note to us in the principal amount of $396,656. This
note was repaid with accrued interest, totaling $32,000, in October 2000. In
connection with the 1998 agreement with TeraBeam, TeraBeam granted Dr. Valentin
Gapontsev options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock of TeraBeam for
his services on the Technical Advisory Board of TeraBeam. All of such options
have been exercised. In February 2000, Peter V. Mammen, our treasurer,
purchased 120,000 shares of TeraBeam at an aggregate purchase price of $60,000.
We and our affiliates own approximately 2.1% of the outstanding common stock
TeraBeam.

Intercompany Loans

      In January 1999, we issued IP Fibre Devices a note in the principal
amount of $175,000 that accrued interest at the rate of 5% per annum. IPG
Photonics entered into an agreement with IP Fibre Devices in which IP Fibre
Devices agreed to pay an additional $18,000 to us and convert the note and
accrued interest, totaling $182,000, into 20,000,000 shares of our common
stock. The total consideration paid by IP Fibre Devices was $200,000, or
approximately $0.01 per common share. The common stock was issued to IP Fibre
Devices in January 2000. Because of the elements of common control, the shares
of common stock were not recorded at fair value and have been treated as
founders shares.

                                       59
<PAGE>

      In November 1997, IPG Laser issued IP Fibre Devices a note in the
principal amount of DM 156,000, or $70,100, which accrued interest at 5% per
annum. The note and accrued interest were repaid in full to IP Fibre Devices in
March 2000.

Dr. Valentin Gapontsev

      On August 13, 2000, Dr. Valentin Gapontsev borrowed DM 200,000, or
approximately $94,000, from IPG Laser, at an annual interest rate of 8%. This
loan was repaid in full on November 30, 2000. Dr. Gapontsev has personally
guaranteed $5.2 million of our outstanding obligations as of September 30,
2000. In connection with one guaranty, Dr. Gapontsev granted a security
interest in all of his securities and accounts held by one of the lenders. Dr.
Gapontsev, as our principal stockholder, provided these guarantees without any
compensation.

      In order to pay his taxes accrued in connection with the restructuring,
Dr. Gapontsev plans to borrow $5,800,000 from IPG Photonics under a secured
note at the applicable federal rate. The note will have a term of one year and
will be secured by shares of IPG Photonics owned by Dr. Gapontsev.

Dr. Denis Gapontsev

      On May 30, 2000, IPG Laser agreed to purchase land and a house adjacent
to our Burbach facility from Dr. Denis Gapontsev, one of our directors and our
Vice President of Research and Development. IPG Laser assumed the mortgages on
the land having a value of DM 900,000, or $404,500, and paid Dr. Gapontsev DM
184,000, or $82,700. Prior to the sale, IPG Laser had been leasing the land and
house from Dr. Gapontsev since December 28, 1998 for DM 9,000, or $4,000, per
month.

Robert A. Blair

      As of October 4, 1999, we entered into an agreement with Robert A. Blair,
our Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, for legal services and non-legal
consulting services in connection with strategic business advice and other
matters. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Blair received options to purchase
400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.50 per share and
the right to purchase, as of March 2000, 500,000 shares of our common stock at
a price of $0.50 per share. We also entered into an agreement with Mr. Blair as
of February 3, 2000 for him to serve as Chairman of our National Advisory
Board. Pursuant to this agreement, he received options to purchase 100,000
shares of our common stock at a price of $0.50 per share. In March 2000, Mr.
Blair transferred options to purchase 20,000 shares to family members and
exercised the remainder of his 480,000 options. He subsequently also acquired
the 500,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.50 per share.
He purchased these shares by payment of $50,000 cash and promissory notes with
face amounts totaling $440,000. The first note bears interest at an annual rate
of 6.8% and the second note bears interest at 6.01%. These notes become payable
in March 2005 and November 2005, respectively.

Series A and Series B Stock Purchase Agreements

      On March 30, 2000, Hon. John Dalton, our President, purchased an
aggregate of 10,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock for an aggregate
purchase price of $100,000. Mr. Dalton purchased these shares prior to becoming
our president and on the same terms as other unrelated parties. Holders of
Series A preferred stock are entitled to certain registration rights. See
"Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock" and "Description of Capital
Stock--Registration Rights" for a description of our Series A preferred stock
and its rights and preferences. Upon completion of this offering, the 10,000
shares of Series A preferred stock held by Mr. Dalton will convert into 20,000
shares of our common stock.

      On August 30, 2000 and August 31, 2000, TA Associates Inc., together with
affiliated entities, purchased an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of our Series B
preferred stock and related warrants to purchase 1,666,667 shares of our common
stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share the aggregate purchase price for

                                       60
<PAGE>

the warrants and shares was $50,000,000. Holders of Series B preferred stock
are entitled to elect a director to our board of directors as well as
redemption rights not enjoyed by holders of common stock or Series A preferred
stock. Mr. Child, one of our directors, is Managing Director of TA Associates,
Inc. Please see "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock" and
"Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights" for a description of our
Series B preferred stock and its rights. For a description of the warrants we
sold to TA Associates and its affiliates, please see "Description of Capital
Stock--Warrants." Upon completion of this offering, the 2,000,000 shares of
Series B preferred stock held by TA Associates and its affiliates will convert
into 5,833,333 shares of our common stock, assuming an offering price of $15.00
per share.

Indemnification

      We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors. Such indemnification agreements require us to indemnify our
directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For a description of
the limitation of our directors' liability and our indemnification of officers,
see "Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of
Liability."

Employment Agreements

      We have entered into employment arrangements, compensation arrangements
and severance arrangements with certain of our executive officers. For more
information regarding these arrangements, see "Management--Employment
Agreements" and "--Executive Compensation." For information regarding stock
options, see "Management--Stock Option Plan."

                                       61
<PAGE>

     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND LIMITATION OF
                                   LIABILITY

      As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted
provisions in our certificate of incorporation which provide that our
directors shall not be personally liable for monetary damages to IPG Photonics
or its stockholders for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except
liability for:

    .  a breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    .  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
       misconduct or a known violation of law;

    .  an act related to our unlawful stock repurchase or payment of a
       dividend under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law;
       or

    .  transactions from which the director derived an improper personal
       benefit.

      These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under
the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable
remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of
incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and
other agents to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General
Corporation Law.

      As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws provide
that:

    .  we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the
       fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law,
       subject to limited exceptions;

    .  we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors
       and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest
       extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to
       limited exceptions; and

    .  the rights provided in the bylaws are not exclusive.

      We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of
our directors which are broader than the specific indemnification provisions
contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification
agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against
liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors,
other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification
agreements also require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors
as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be
indemnified and to obtain directors' and officers' insurance.

      At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any
of our directors, officers, employees or agents where indemnification by us is
sought. In addition, we are not aware of any threatened litigation or
proceeding which may result in a claim for indemnification.

      We intend to maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance if
available on reasonable terms.

                                      62
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2000, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock offered hereby, by:

    .  each stockholder who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5%
       of common stock;

    .  our Chairman and our four other most highly compensated executive
       officers;

    .  each of our directors; and

    .  all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Percent
                                             Beneficial      Percent    Owned
                                           Ownership Prior Owned Prior  After
               Stockholder                 to Offering(1)  to Offering Offering
               -----------                 --------------- ----------- --------
<S>                                        <C>             <C>         <C>
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev (2)............    60,106,000         73%       66%
Hon. John H. Dalton......................       270,000          *         *
Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov (3)...............       600,000          *         *
Timothy P. V. Mammen (4).................       125,000          *         *
John Geagea..............................             0          *         *
Dr. Denis Gapontsev (5)..................     5,000,000          6         5
Dr. William F. Krupke (6)................        25,000          *         *
Robert A. Blair..........................       980,000          1         1
Michael C. Child (7).....................        13,890          *         *
Vincent Au-Yeung (8).....................     1,000,000          1         1
IP Fibre Devices Ltd.....................    22,300,000         27        24
Entities affiliated with TA Associates,
 Inc (9).................................     7,500,000          9         8
All directors and executive officers as a
 group (10 persons)......................    75,619,890         90        82
</TABLE>
--------
*  represents less than 1%

(1) The number of shares beneficially owned and the percentage of share
    outstanding are based on  82,884,201 shares outstanding as of December 31,
    2000 and assuming the conversion of 4,300,000 shares of our Series A and
    Series B preferred stock based upon an assumed offering price of $15.00 and
    91,084,201 shares outstanding after completion of this offering, assuming
    no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. The number of
    shares issuable upon the conversion of the Series B preferred stock as well
    as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants fluctuates
    with the price of this offering. Beneficial ownership is determined in
    accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or
    investment power with respect to securities. All shares of common stock
    subject to options and warrants exercisable within 60 days following
    December 31, 2000 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by
    the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the number of
    shares beneficially owned and the percentage of ownership of that person.
    They are not, however, deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned for
    the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
    Except as indicated in the other footnotes to the table and subject to
    applicable community property laws, based on information provided by the
    persons named in the table, these persons have sole voting and investment
    power with respect to all shares of the common stock shown as beneficially
    owned by them. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each of the
    individuals named above is c/o IPG Photonics Corporation, P.O. Box 519, 660
    Main Street, Sturbridge, MA 01566.
(2) Excludes shares beneficially owned by Dr. Denis Gapontsev, for which Dr.
    Valentin Gapontsev disclaims beneficial ownership. Includes all shares
    beneficially owned by IP Fibre Devices, of which Dr. Valentin Gapontsev
    owns 53% of its ordinary shares.
(3) Excludes shares beneficially owned by IP Fibre Devices of which Dr.
    Shcherbakov owns 8% of its ordinary shares, for which he disclaims
    beneficial ownership.

                                       63
<PAGE>

(4) Includes 125,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
    that are exercisable within sixty days of September 30, 2000. Excludes
    shares beneficially owned by Peter Mammen, for which Timothy Mammen
    disclaims beneficial ownership.
(5) Excludes shares beneficially owned by Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, for which Dr.
    Denis Gapontsev disclaims beneficial ownership. Excludes shares
    beneficially owned by IP Fibre Devices of which Dr. Denis Gapontsev owns
    15% of its ordinary shares, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.
(6) Includes 25,000 shares of common stock beneficially owned by Dr. Krupke
    under a stock option granted to him for service as a member of our National
    Advisory Board.
(7) Mr. Child disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by affiliates
    of TA Associates, Inc. of which Mr. Child is a Managing Director, except to
    the extent of 13,086 shares of common stock in which he has an ownership
    interest through TA Investors LLC.

(8) Includes 1,000,000 shares of restricted stock purchased by Mr. Au-Yeung on
    January 22, 2001.

(9) Includes 2,998,326 shares held, and 856,667 shares beneficially owned under
    a warrant issued to, by TA IX, L.P., 1,399,997 shares held, and 400,000
    shares beneficially owned under a warrant issued to, by TA/Advent VIII
    L.P., 1,296,397 shares, and 370,400 shares of common stock beneficially
    owned under a warranted issued to, held by TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P.,
    50,633 shares held, and 14,467 shares beneficially owned under a warrant
    issued to, by TA Executives Fund, LLC and 87,966 shares held, and 25,133
    shares beneficially owned under a warrant issued to, by TA Investors LLC.
    TA IX, L.P., TA/Advent VIII L.P., TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P., TA
    Executives Fund LLC and TA Investors LLC are part of an affiliated group of
    investment partnerships. The general partner of TA/Advent VIII L.P. is TA
    Associates VIII LLC. In such capacity, TA Associates, Inc., through an
    executive committee, exercises sole voting and investment power with
    respect to all shares held of record by the named investment partnerships;
    individually, no stockholder, director or officer of TA Associates, Inc.,
    is deemed to have or share such voting or investment power. The address of
    TA Associates, Inc. is 125 High Street, High Street Tower, Suite 2500,
    Boston, MA 02110.

                                       64
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      Presently we are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock
and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Upon the commencement of this
offering, we will be authorized to issue 505,000,000 shares, $0.0001 par value
per share comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares
of preferred stock.

      The following description of the material terms of our capital stock is
only a summary. You should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws
as in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are included as exhibits
to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

      As of December 31, 2000, and assuming the conversion of all outstanding
shares of preferred stock into common stock, there were 82,884,201 shares of
common stock outstanding which were held of record by approximately 80
stockholders. There will be 91,084,201 shares of common stock outstanding
(assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and no
exercise of outstanding options after December 31, 2000) after giving effect to
the sale of our common stock in this offering. We currently have reserved
15,000,000 shares of stock under our 2000 stock incentive plan of which there
were outstanding options to purchase 5,126,532 shares of common stock as of
December 31, 2000. See "Management--Stock Option Plan" for a description of our
stock plan.

      The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share held
of record on matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in
the election of directors. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any
outstanding preferred stock, the holders of our common stock are entitled to
receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by
our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the
event of our liquidation, holders of our common stock are entitled to share
ratably in our remaining net assets, subject to payment or provision for
payment of our debts and other liabilities and prior distribution rights of
preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no
preemptive or other subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption
or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding
shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable and the shares of
common stock to be issued upon the completion of this offering will be fully
paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

      Upon the closing of this offering, all 500,000 shares of our Series A
preferred stock outstanding will be converted on a two-for-one basis into an
aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock. Upon the closing of this
offering, all 3,800,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock will convert
into common stock at a conversion price based upon the initial public offering
price (after underwriting commissions and discounts) in the offering. Each
share of Series B preferred stock converts into two shares of common stock if
the price per share in this offering on a pre-split basis meets or exceeds one
of the following:

    .  $21.88 per share, in the case of an offering which closes from
       January 1, 2001 to March 31, 2001;

    .  $25.00 per share, in the case of an offering which closes from April
       1, 2001 to December 31, 2001;

    .  $28.13 per share, in the case of an offering which closes from
       January 1, 2002 to August 31, 2002; or

    .  $31.25 per share in the case of an offering which closes after August
       31, 2002.

                                       65
<PAGE>


      If the initial offering price (after underwriting commissions and
discounts) is less than the amounts specified above, then the Series B
preferred stock will convert at a conversion price equal to the initial public
offering price divided by one of the following:

    .  1.75, in the case of an offering which closes from January 1, 2001 to
       March 31, 2001;

    .  2.00, in the case of an offering which closes from April 1, 2001 to
       December 31, 2001;

    .  2.25, in the case of an offering which closes from January 1, 2002 to
       August 31, 2002; or

    .  2.5, in the case of an offering which closes after August 31, 2002.

      Provided that in no event will the conversion price be reduced to less
than $5.00 per share. Based upon an assumed offering price of $15.00 per share,
the 3,800,000 shares of Series B preferred stock convert into 11,083,333 shares
of common stock.


      Our board of directors has the authority, without action by the
stockholders, to provide for the designation and issuance of preferred stock in
one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each
such series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the
shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions
of each such series. The rights, preferences and privileges of each series of
preferred stock may be greater than the rights of our common stock. It is not
possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred
stock upon the rights of holders of our common stock until the board of
directors determines the specific rights of the holders of any preferred stock
that may be issued. However, the effects might include, among other things:

    .  restricting dividends on the common stock;

    .  diluting the voting power of the common stock;

    .  impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; and

    .  delaying or preventing a change in our control without further action
       by the stockholders.

We have no present plans to issue any additional shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

      There are outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,166,667
shares of common stock assuming an offering price of $15.00 per share. These
warrants were granted in August, October and December 2000 to a group of
private investors in connection with the sale of our Series B preferred stock.
These warrants entitle the holders to purchase an aggregate of $23.8 million
worth of our common stock. The exercise price will equal 50% of the public
offering price or $7.50, assuming an offering price of $15.00. They are
exercisable upon the sale of all of our assets or stock or an underwritten
initial public offering of our common stock. The warrants expire on August 30,
2007, unless earlier exercised.

Registration Rights

      Under our two agreements regarding registration rights with holders of
shares of our convertible preferred stock (12,083,333 shares assuming
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock),
the holders of these shares are entitled to certain registration rights
regarding these shares. The registration rights provide that if we propose to
register any securities under the Securities Act of 1933, either for our own
account or for the account of other security holders exercising registration
rights, such holders are entitled to notice of the registration and are
entitled to include shares of their common stock in the registration. This
right is subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of the
underwriters in an offering to limit
the number of shares included in the registration. The holders of Series A
preferred stock may require us to file

                                       66
<PAGE>

one, and holders of Series B preferred stock may require us to file up to two,
registration statements under the Securities Act at our expense with respect to
their shares. We are required to use our commercially reasonable best efforts
to effect the registrations, subject to conditions and limitations.
Furthermore, the holders of shares of our Series B preferred stock that will
convert into common stock upon completion of the offering may require us to
file additional registration statements on Form S-3, subject to conditions and
limitations.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law And Certain Charter And Bylaw Provisions

      Certain provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws which become effective upon the
commencement of this offering could make more difficult the acquisition of our
company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the
removal of incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized
below, may discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and
inadequate takeover bids and encourage persons seeking to acquire control of
our company to first negotiate with our company. We believe that the benefits
of increased protection of our company's potential ability to negotiate with
the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or
restructure our company outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such
proposals because, among other things, negotiation of such proposals could
result in an improvement of their terms.

      We will not be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law regulating corporate takeovers which prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with an "interested stockholder." The
restrictions contained in Section 203 will not apply to us until the first time
both of the following conditions apply:

    .  Section 203 by its terms would apply to us, and

    .  Stockholders who are natural persons beneficially own 20% or more of
       the total voting power on the effective date of this offering cease
       to continue to own 20% of the total voting power.

      Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an "interested stockholder"
is defined to include (a) any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of the corporation, or is an affiliate or
associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years
immediately prior to the date of determination and (b) the affiliates and
associates of any such person.

      After individuals cease to own beneficially 20% or more of the total
voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock entitled
to vote generally in the election of our directors, our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws will require that any action required or permitted to
be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or
special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in
writing. In addition, special meetings of our stockholders will be called only
by the board of directors or certain of our officers. Our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws also provide that, upon the occurrence of the event
described above, our board of directors will be divided into three classes,
with each class serving staggered three-year terms, and that certain amendments
of the certificate of incorporation and of the bylaws require the approval of
holders of at least 66.7% of the voting power of all outstanding stock.

Transfer Agent And Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental
Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

                                       67
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common
stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market, or the possibility of these sales could adversely affect the trading
price of the common stock.

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 92,084,201
shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-
allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common
stock after September 30, 2000. Of these shares, the 8,200,000 shares sold in
this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our
"affiliates," as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be
subject to the limitations and restrictions described below.

      The remaining 83,884,201 shares of common stock outstanding upon
completion of this offering will be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule
144. These securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if
they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under
the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Sales of these restricted
securities in the public market, or the availability of these shares for sale,
could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

      We anticipate that holders of approximately 95% or more of these
restricted securities, including all of our officers and directors and the
entities affiliated with them and all of our significant stockholders, will
enter into lock-up agreements which will provide that, subject to limited
exceptions, they will not sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock
without the prior consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

      All of these restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the
public market, subject in some cases to the volume limitations and other
restrictions of Rule 144, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus
upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

      Shares issued upon exercise of options granted by us prior to the date of
this prospectus will be available for sale in the public market under Rule 701
of the Securities Act. Rule 701 permits resales of these shares in reliance
upon Rule 144 but without compliance with various restrictions, including the
holding period requirement, imposed under Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144,
beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose
shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at
least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number
of shares not to exceed the greater of (1) one percent of the then outstanding
shares of common stock or (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common
stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with
respect to the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale
and notice requirements, as well as to the availability of current public
information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have
been an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years is
entitled to sell the shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

      Upon consummation of this offering, we will have reserved an aggregate of
15,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to our 2000 stock
incentive plan. As of December 31, 2000, options to purchase an aggregate of
5,126,532 shares of common stock were outstanding under our stock option plan.
We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act
approximately 90 days after the date of this prospectus to register all of such
reserved shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock
option plan. Such common stock issued under the foregoing plans, after the
filing of related registration statements, will be freely tradable in the
public market, subject in the case of the holders to the Rule 144 limitations
applicable to our affiliates, lock-up agreements with the underwriters and
vesting restrictions imposed by us.

                                       68
<PAGE>

                    SUMMARY OF FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX
                   CONSEQUENCES OF OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION
                      OF COMMON STOCK BY NON-U.S. HOLDERS

      The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and
estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by
non-U.S. holders. As used herein, "non-U.S. holder" means any person or entity
that holds our common stock, other than:

    .  an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

    .  a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the
       laws of the U.S., or of any state of the U.S. or the District of
       Columbia, other than any partnership treated as foreign under U.S.
       Treasury Regulations;

    .  an estate the income of which is includable in gross income for U.S.
       federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

    .  in general, a trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise
       primary supervision over the administration of the trust and if one
       or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial
       decisions of the trust.

      The summary is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, existing, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations
promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations of each,
all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a
retroactive basis. This summary is for general information only. It does not
address aspects of U.S. federal taxation other than income and estate taxation.
This summary does not discuss all the tax consequences that may be relevant to
a non-U.S. holder in light of the holder's particular circumstances, for
instance, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, pension funds, broker-
dealers, and financial institutions. In addition, this summary does not address
any state, local, or foreign tax considerations that may be relevant to a non-
U.S. holder's decision to purchase shares of our common stock.

      PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING
THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES, AS WELL AS
OTHER U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES, AND THE NON-U.S. TAX
CONSEQUENCES, TO THEM OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Income Tax

 Dividends

      We do not have a present intention to pay dividends on shares of our
common stock. If we were to pay dividends, however, dividends paid to a non-
U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. income tax at the
rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be
prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

      If dividends we pay are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's
conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., the 30% withholding tax generally
will not apply, and the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to tax on
such dividends on a net basis (the gross amount less allowable deductions) in
the same manner as holders who are U.S. persons, provided the non-U.S. holder
files appropriate IRS forms with us. If an income tax treaty applies, dividends
which are effectively connected with the holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or
business must also be attributable to such holder's U.S. permanent
establishment or fixed base in order to be taxable on a net basis. An
additional branch profits tax of 30%, or such lower rate as may be prescribed
by an applicable income tax treaty, may apply if the non-U.S. holder is a
corporation.

                                       69
<PAGE>

      Under current U.S. Treasury Regulations, in determining whether a holder
is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty, dividends paid to an
address in a foreign country are presumed to be paid to a resident of that
country, absent knowledge to the contrary. However, under new U.S. Treasury
Regulations generally effective for dividend payments made after December 31,
2000, a non-U.S. holder desiring to claim the benefits of an applicable tax
treaty must satisfy certification and other requirements and must provide us
with a taxpayer identification number unless an exception applies. In
addition, under these new Treasury Regulations, in the case of common stock
held by a foreign partnership, this certification requirement may be applied
to the partners, and not the partnership, and the partnership must provide
certain information, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number. These
new regulations also provide look-through rules for tiered partnerships. A
non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax
pursuant to a tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by
filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Disposition of Our Common Stock

      Generally, non-U.S. holders will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax, or withholding thereof, in respect of gain recognized on a disposition of
our common stock unless:

    .  the gain is effectively connected with the holder's conduct of a
       trade or business within the U.S., or if a tax treaty applies, is
       attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base of the holder
       in the U.S.; in any such case gain will be subject to regular
       graduated U.S. income tax rates and the branch profits tax described
       above may also apply if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation;

    .  in the case of a non-U.S. holder who is a non-resident alien
       individual and holds our common stock as a capital asset, the holder
       is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of
       the sale and other conditions are met;

    .  we are or have been a "United States real property holding
       corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes and certain other
       conditions are met; we do not believe we are or have been a United
       States real property holding corporation and do not expect to become
       one in the future; or

    .  the holder is subject to tax pursuant to U.S. federal income tax
       provisions applicable to certain U.S. expatriates.

Estate Tax

      If an individual non-U.S. holder owns, or is treated as owning, our
common stock at the time of his or her death, such stock would generally be
includable in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax
purposes. In such case, our common stock may be subject to U.S. federal estate
tax imposed on the estates of nonresident aliens, in the absence of a contrary
provision contained in an applicable estate tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 Dividends

      Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S.
holder the amount of dividends that we paid to a holder, and the amount of tax
that we withheld on those dividends. This information may also be made
available to the tax authorities of a country in which the non-U.S. holder
resides or is established.

      Under current law, dividends paid on our common stock to a non-U.S.
holder at an address outside the U.S. are generally exempt from backup
withholding tax, imposed at a 31% rate, and U.S. information reporting
requirements, but not from regular withholding tax as discussed above. Backup
withholding tax and information reporting generally will apply to dividends
paid to a non-U.S. holder at an address in the U.S. if the holder fails to
establish an exemption or to furnish other information. Under the Treasury
Regulations that are applicable to dividends paid after December 31, 2000, a
non-U.S. person must generally provide proper

                                      70
<PAGE>

documentation establishing the person's non-U.S. status to a withholding agent
in order to avoid backup withholding tax.

 Broker Sales

      Payments of proceeds from the sale of our common stock by a non-U.S.
holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker are generally subject to
both information reporting and backup withholding tax unless the holder
certifies its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise
establishes entitlement to an exemption. Payments of proceeds from the sale of
our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a
broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup
withholding. However, payments made to or through certain non-U.S. offices,
including the non-U.S. offices of a U.S. broker and foreign brokers with
certain types of relationships to the U.S., are generally subject to
information reporting, but not backup withholding, unless the holder certifies
its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes
entitlement to an exemption.

      Backup withholding is not an additional tax. A non-U.S. holder may obtain
a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by
filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

      Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the
application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular
situation, including the availability of an exemption from such requirements
and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, as well as the effect of
the new Treasury Regulations generally effective for payments made after
December 31, 2000.

                                       71
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

General

      We intend to offer the shares in the U.S. and Canada through the U.S.
underwriters and elsewhere through the international managers. Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Robertson Stephens, Inc., CIBC World
Markets Corp., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and Wit SoundView Corporation
are acting as U.S. representatives of the U.S. underwriters named below.
Subject to the terms and conditions described in a U.S. purchase agreement
among us and the U.S. underwriters, and concurrently with the sale of shares to
the international managers, we have agreed to sell to the U.S. underwriters,
and the U.S. underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from us, the number
of shares listed opposite their names below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Number
          U.S. Underwriters                                            of Shares
          -----------------                                            ---------
     <S>                                                               <C>
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated............................................
     Robertson Stephens, Inc. ........................................
     CIBC World Markets Corp..........................................
     U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc...................................
     Wit SoundView Corporation........................................
                                                                       ---------
          Total....................................................... 6,970,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>

      We have also entered into an international purchase agreement with the
international managers for sale of the shares outside the U.S. and Canada for
whom Merrill Lynch International, Robertson Stephens, Inc., CIBC World Markets
Corp., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and Wit SoundView Corporation are acting
as lead managers. Subject to the terms and conditions in the international
purchase agreement, and concurrently with the sale of shares to the U.S.
underwriters pursuant to the U.S. purchase agreement, we have agreed to sell
shares to the international managers, and the international managers severally
have agreed to purchase shares from us. The initial public offering price per
share and the total underwriting discount per share are identical under the
U.S. purchase agreement and the international purchase agreement.

      The U.S. underwriters and the international managers have agreed to
purchase all of the shares sold under the U.S. and international purchase
agreements if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults on
its obligations under the U.S. or international purchase agreement, the U.S.
and international purchase agreements provide that the purchase commitments of
the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreements may
be terminated. The closings for the sale of shares to be purchased by the U.S.
underwriters and the international managers are conditioned on one another. We
have agreed to indemnify the U.S. underwriters and international managers
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
to contribute to payments the U.S. underwriters and international managers may
be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

      The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as
and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by
their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions
contained in the purchase agreements, such as the receipt by the underwriters
of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the
right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders
in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

      The U.S. representatives have advised us that the U.S. underwriters
propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public
offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that
price

                                       72
<PAGE>

less a concession not in excess of $    per share. The U.S. underwriters may
allow, and dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $    per share to
other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price,
concession and discount may be changed.

      The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting
discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no
exercise or full exercise by the U.S. underwriters and international managers
of their over-allotment options.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Per Share Without Option With Option
                                          --------- -------------- -----------
     <S>                                  <C>       <C>            <C>
     Public offering price...............    $           $             $
     Underwriting discount...............    $           $             $
     Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG
      Photonics..........................    $           $             $
</TABLE>

      The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount,
are estimated at $2,100,000 and are payable by us.

Over-Allotment Options

      We have granted options to the U.S. underwriters to purchase up to
998,750 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting
discount. The U.S. underwriters may exercise these options for 30 days from the
date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the U.S.
underwriters exercise these options, each will be obligated, subject to
conditions contained in the purchase agreements, to purchase a number of
additional shares proportionate to that U.S. underwriter's initial amount
reflected in the above table.

      We have also granted options to the international managers, exercisable
for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 176,250
additional shares to cover any over-allotments on terms similar to those
granted to the U.S. underwriters.

Intersyndicate Agreement

      The U.S. underwriters and the international managers have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement that provides for the coordination of their
activities. Under the intersyndicate agreement, the U.S. underwriters and the
international managers may sell shares to each other for purposes of resale at
the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling
concession. Under the intersyndicate agreement, the U.S. underwriters and any
dealer to whom they sell shares will not offer to sell or sell shares to
persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe
intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons, except in
the case of transactions under the intersyndicate agreement. Similarly, the
international managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares will not offer
to sell or sell shares to U.S. persons or Canadian persons or to persons they
believe intend to resell to U.S. or Canadian persons, except in the case of
transactions under the intersyndicate agreement.

Reserved Shares

      At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial
public offering price, up to ten percent of the shares offered by this
prospectus for sale to some of our employees and business associates. If these
persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares
available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not
orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of this offering
will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as
the other shares offered by this prospectus.


                                       73
<PAGE>

No Sales of Similar Securities

      We and our executive officers and directors and all of our significant
stockholders have agreed, with exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common
stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining
the written consent of Merrill Lynch. Specifically, we and these other
individuals have agreed not to directly or indirectly:

    .  offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

    .  sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

    .  purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

    .  grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

    .  lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

    .  request or demand that we file a registration statement related to
       the common stock; or

    .  enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in
       part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock,
       whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of
       shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

      This lockup provision applies to common stock and to securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common
stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the
person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement
later acquires the power of disposition.

Quotation on the Nasdaq National Market

      We expect the shares to be approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "IPGP."

      Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through
negotiations between us and the U.S. representatives and lead managers. In
addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price are:

    .  the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the U.S.
       representatives and the lead managers believe to be comparable to us;

    .  our financial information;

    .  the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry
       in which we compete;

    .  an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and
       the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

    .  the present state of our development; and

    .  the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation
       measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

      An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also
possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market
at or above the initial public offering price.

      The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares being
offered in this offering to accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority.

                                       74
<PAGE>

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

      Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit
the underwriters and selling group members from bidding for or purchasing our
common stock. However, the U.S. representatives may engage in transactions that
stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix
or maintain that price.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may make short sales of
the common stock. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters at the time
of the offering of a greater number of shares than they are required to
purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not
greater than the over-allotment options. The U.S. representatives may close out
any covered short position by either exercising the over-allotment options or
purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to
close out the covered short position, the U.S. representatives will consider,
among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open
market as compared to the public offering price at which they may purchase the
shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are sales in excess
of the over-allotment option. The U.S. representatives must close out any naked
short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the U.S. representatives are concerned that
there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the
offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the purchases by the U.S.
representatives to cover syndicate short positions may have the effect of
raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the
price of the common stock may be higher than it would otherwise be in the
absence of these transactions.

      The U.S. representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters
and selling group members. This means that if the U.S. representatives purchase
shares in the open market to reduce the underwriters' short position or to
stabilize the price of such shares, they may reclaim the amount of the selling
concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those
shares. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares
in that it discourages resales of those shares.

      Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither
we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the U.S.
representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

      Neither we nor the U.S. underwriters will rely on third party providers
to comply with the prospectus delivery requirements. All purchasers will
receive a printed version of the final prospectus.

      Merrill Lynch will be facilitating Internet distribution for this
offering to certain of its Internet subscription clients. Merrill Lynch intends
to allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage
clients. An electronic prospectus is available on the web site maintained by
Merrill Lynch. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information
on the Merrill Lynch web site relating to this offering is not a part of this
prospectus.

      A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on an Internet
web site maintained by Wit SoundView Corporation's strategic partner, E*Trade
Securities, Inc. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the
information on any U.S. underwriter's web site and any information contained in
any other web site maintained by an U.S. underwriter is not part of the
prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

                                       75
<PAGE>

Other Relationships

      Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1999, KECALP Inc., KECALP Inc., as Nominee for
Merrill Lynch KECALP International L.P. 1999, ML IBK Positions, Inc. and
Merrill Lynch Taurus 2000 Fund L.P., entities which are affiliated with Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, one of the underwriters,
beneficially own an aggregate of 600,000 shares of Series B preferred stock,
which convert into 1,749,996 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase
500,000 shares of common stock assuming an offering price of $15.00.

      Bayview 2000, L.P., an entity which is affiliated with Robertson
Stephens, one of the underwriters, beneficially owns an aggregate of 80,000
shares of Series B preferred stock, which convert into 233,333 shares of common
stock, and warrants to purchase 66,667 shares of common stock assuming an
offering price of $15.00.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

      Selected legal matters in connection with the offering of common stock
are being passed upon for us by Winston & Strawn, New York, New York. Selected
legal matters in connection with the offering are being passed upon for the
underwriters by Brown & Wood llp, New York, New York.

                                    EXPERTS

      The combined consolidated financial statements of IPG Photonics
Corporation and related companies as of and for the years ended December 31,
1999 and 2000, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing in this
prospectus and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm
given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

      The consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash
flows of IPG Laser GmbH and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 1998,
included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche GmbH,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing in this prospectus
and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                       76
<PAGE>

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the
Securities Act, with respect to the shares to be sold in this offering. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
registration statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the
shares to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement.
Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract,
agreement or other document referred to, are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance please refer to the copy of the contract, agreement or other
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement
being qualified in all respects by this reference.

      You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or
any reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549, and at the Regional Offices of the
SEC located at Suite 1400, Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2551 and Room 1400, 13th Floor, 7 World Trade Center,
New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material are also available by mail
from the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates.

      Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public
reference rooms. You can also find our SEC filings at the SEC's website at
http://www.sec.gov.

                                       77
<PAGE>

              INDEX TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Report of Independent Auditors........................................... F-2
Report of Independent Auditors........................................... F-3
Combined Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 2000 ... F-4
Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
 December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 ....................................... F-5
Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years
 ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 ................................. F-6
Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
 December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 ....................................... F-7
Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements...................... F-8
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

      The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements give effect
to the completion of a 2-for-1 stock split described in the last paragraph of
Note 7 which will take place prior to the effective date of the offering. The
following report is in the form which will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche
LLP upon the completion of the stock split and assuming that no other material
events have occurred that would affect the accompanying combined consolidated
financial statements or require disclosure therein.

"To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of IPG Photonics Corporation:

      We have audited the accompanying combined consolidated balance sheets of
IPG Photonics Corporation and related companies as of December 31, 1999 and
2000, and the related combined consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. The combined
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of IPG Photonics
Corporation and two related companies, IPG Laser GmbH and IPG Fibertech S.r.l.
These companies are under common ownership and common management. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the companies' management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined consolidated financial position
of IPG Photonics Corporation and related companies as of December 31, 1999 and
2000 and the results of their combined consolidated operations and their
combined consolidated cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 2, 2001 (   , 2001 as to the last paragraph of Note 7)"

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts

March 2, 2001

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to the
completion of a 2-for-1 stock split described in the last paragraph of Note 7
which will take place prior to the effective date of the offering. The
following report is in the form which will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche
GmbH upon the completion of the stock split and assuming that no other material
events have occurred that would affect the accompanying consolidated financial
statements or require disclosure therein.

"To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of IPG Laser GmbH:

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders' equity and cash flows of IPG Laser GmbH and subsidiary (a German
corporation) for the year ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

      We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and
cash flows of IPG Laser GmbH and subsidiary for the year ended December 31,
1998, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.

Duesseldorf, Germany
December 6, 2000 (   , 2001 as to the last paragraph of Note 7)"

Deloitte & Touche GmbH
Duesseldorf, Germany

March 2, 2001

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                      COMBINED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (In thousands, except share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,
                                                  -----------------
                                                   1999      2000     Pro forma
                                                  -------  --------  -----------
                                                                     (Unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>      <C>       <C>
Assets:
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents......................  $   706  $ 86,487
 Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $117
  and $178......................................    1,642    10,075
 Due from affiliates............................      221       735
 Inventories....................................    2,341    12,689
 Deferred tax assets............................       86       234
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets......      332     1,138
                                                  -------  --------
   Total current assets.........................    5,328   111,358
Non-marketable investment securities............       43        52
Due from affiliate..............................      --        500
Deferred tax assets.............................      --      2,576
Property, plant and equipment, net..............    7,207    25,890
Other assets....................................      222     1,450
                                                  -------  --------
   Total assets.................................  $12,800  $141,826
                                                  =======  ========
Liabilities and shareholders' equity:
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of long-term debt..............  $   225  $  2,729
 Accounts payable...............................    3,266     9,613
 Due to affiliates..............................      463       243
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities.........      472     3,745
 Income taxes payable...........................    1,677    10,454
                                                  -------  --------
   Total current liabilities....................    6,103    26,784
                                                  -------  --------
Long-term debt..................................    4,421     7,800
                                                  -------  --------
Deferred income taxes...........................       50       --
                                                  -------  --------
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 9)......      --        --
Minority interest...............................       10        48
                                                  -------  --------
Convertible redeemable preferred stock--Series
 B, $0.0001 par value;
 3,800,000 shares authorized, 3,800,000 shares
 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2000
 actual; no shares issued or outstanding at
 December 31, 2000 pro forma....................      --     76,283   $    --
                                                  -------  --------   --------
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock--$0.0001 par value; 700,000
 shares authorized, no shares issued or
 outstanding....................................      --        --         --
Convertible preferred stock--Series A, $0.0001
 par value; 500,000 shares authorized, 500,000
 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
 2000 actual; no shares issued or outstanding on
 a pro forma basis at December 31, 2000.........      --      4,962        --
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000
 shares authorized, 43,600,000 shares issued and
 outstanding at December 31, 1999; 70,800,868
 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
 2000; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 82,884,201
 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
 2000 pro forma.................................        4         7          8
Additional paid-in capital......................      310    47,027    128,271
Warrants to issue common stock..................      --     15,707     15,707
Notes receivable from shareholders..............      --       (440)      (440)
Deferred compensation...........................      --    (22,949)   (22,949)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit).........    2,086   (13,368)   (13,368)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)..........     (184)      (35)       (35)
                                                  -------  --------   --------
   Total shareholders' equity...................    2,216    30,911   $107,194
                                                  -------  --------   ========
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity...  $12,800  $141,826
                                                  =======  ========
</TABLE>

            See notes to combined consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                 COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                (In thousands, except share and per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Years ended December 31,
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                    1998      1999     2000
                                                 ----------- -------  -------
                                                 Predecessor
                                                 -----------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>      <C>
Net sales.......................................   $8,263    $18,640  $52,083
Cost of sales(1)................................    5,560      9,688   19,240
                                                   ------    -------  -------
Gross profit(1).................................    2,703      8,952   32,843
                                                   ------    -------  -------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing(2)........................      374        677    1,421
  Research and development(3)...................      682      1,477    1,826
  General, administrative and other(4)..........    1,000      2,712    6,806
  Equity-based compensation.....................      --         --    19,988
                                                   ------    -------  -------
    Total operating expenses....................    2,056      4,866   30,041
                                                   ------    -------  -------
Operating income................................      647      4,086    2,802
Interest income (expense), net..................     (208)      (303)   1,120
Other income (expense), net.....................      (47)       273       37
                                                   ------    -------  -------
Income before provision for income taxes and
 minority interest..............................      392      4,056    3,959
Provision for income taxes......................      234      2,102    9,434
Minority interest...............................       (4)        (3)     (38)
                                                   ------    -------  -------
Net income (loss)...............................      154      1,951   (5,513)
Accretion of preferred stock....................      --         --      (847)
                                                   ------    -------  -------
Net income (loss) available to common
 shareholders...................................   $  154    $ 1,951  $(6,360)
                                                   ======    =======  =======
Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic.........................................      --     $  0.03  $ (0.09)
                                                             =======  =======
  Diluted.......................................      --     $  0.03  $ (0.09)
                                                             =======  =======
Pro forma net loss per share--basic and
 diluted........................................      --         --   $ (0.07)
                                                                      =======
</TABLE>
--------

(1) Excludes $1,325 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December
    31, 2000.

(2) Excludes $302 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31,
    2000.

(3) Excludes $332 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December 31,
    2000.

(4) Excludes $18,029 of equity-based compensation for the year ended December
    31, 2000.

            See notes to combined consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

           COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                (In thousands, except share and per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Convertible
                  Preferred Stock
                      Series A       Common Stock               Warrants    Notes                    Retained    Accumulated
                  ---------------- ---------------- Additional  to Issue  Receivable                 Earnings       Other
                  Number of        Number of   Par   Paid-in     Common      from       Deferred   (Accumulated Comprehensive
                   Shares   Value    Shares   Value  Capital     Stock   Shareholders Compensation   Deficit)      (Loss)
                  --------- ------ ---------- ----- ----------  -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
<S>               <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>   <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at
January 1, 1998
(Predecessor)...       --   $  --         --  $--    $   312    $   --      $ --        $    --      $    (19)      $(37)
Comprehensive
income:
Net income......       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --           154        --
Translation
adjustments.....       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --           --          25
Total
comprehensive
income .........       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --           --         --
                   -------  ------ ---------- ----   -------    -------     -----       --------     --------       ----
Balance at
December 31,
1998
(Predecessor)...       --      --         --   --        312        --        --             --           135        (12)
Comprehensive
income:
Net income......       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --         1,951        --
Translation
adjustments.....       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --           --        (172)
Total
comprehensive
income..........       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --           --         --
Common stock
issued..........       --      --  43,600,000    4       (2)        --        --             --           --         --
                   -------  ------ ---------- ----   -------    -------     -----       --------     --------       ----
Balance at
December 31,
1999............       --      --  43,600,000    4       310        --        --             --         2,086       (184)
Comprehensive
income:
Net loss........       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --        (5,513)       --
Translation
adjustments.....       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --           --         149
Total
comprehensive
loss............       --      --         --   --        --         --        --             --           --         --
Common stock
issued to IP
Fibre Devices
Ltd. In
satisfaction of
$200,000 note
payable and
accrued
interest........       --      --  20,000,000    2       198        --        --             --           --         --
Common stock
issued for notes
receivable from
stockholders at
$0.50 per
share...........       --      --     880,000  --        440        --       (440)           --           --         --
Issuance of
Series A shares
at $10.00 per
share, net of
issuance costs
totaling $63....   500,000   4,937        --   --        --         --        --             --           --         --
Warrants to
issue common
stock attached
to Series B
Preferred
Stock...........       --      --         --   --        --      15,707       --             --           --         --
Beneficial
conversion
feature embedded
in Series B
Preferred
Stock...........       --      --         --   --      3,307        --        --             --           --         --
Accretion of
Series A
Preferred
Stock...........       --       25        --   --        (25)       --        --             --           --         --
Accretion of
Series B
Preferred
Stock...........       --      --         --   --       (822)       --        --             --           --         --
Distributions to
shareholders....       --      --   5,106,000    1       --         --        --             --        (9,941)       --
Equity-based
compensation
awarded.........       --      --         --   --     42,936        --        --         (42,936)         --         --
Amortization of
equity-based
compensation....       --      --         --   --        --         --        --          19,988          --         --
Cash proceeds
from exercise of
stock options...       --      --   1,214,868  --        683        --        --             --           --         --
                   -------  ------ ---------- ----   -------    -------     -----       --------     --------       ----
Balance at at
December 31,
2000............   500,000  $4,962 70,800,868 $  7   $47,027    $15,707     $(440)      $(22,949)    $(13,368)      $(35)
                   =======  ====== ========== ====   =======    =======     =====       ========     ========       ====
<CAPTION>
                               Other
                           Comprehensive
                   Total   Income (Loss)
                  -------- -------------
<S>               <C>      <C>
Balance at
January 1, 1998
(Predecessor)...  $   256
Comprehensive
income:
Net income......      154    $    154
Translation
adjustments.....       25          25
                           -------------
Total
comprehensive
income .........      --     $    179
                  -------- =============
Balance at
December 31,
1998
(Predecessor)...      435
Comprehensive
income:
Net income......    1,951    $  1,951
Translation
adjustments.....     (172)       (172)
                           -------------
Total
comprehensive
income..........      --     $  1,779
                           =============
Common stock
issued..........        2
                  --------
Balance at
December 31,
1999............    2,216
Comprehensive
income:
Net loss........   (5,513)   $ (5,513)
Translation
adjustments.....      149         149
                           -------------
Total
comprehensive
loss............      --     $ (5,364)
                           =============
Common stock
issued to IP
Fibre Devices
Ltd. In
satisfaction of
$200,000 note
payable and
accrued
interest........      200
Common stock
issued for notes
receivable from
stockholders at
$0.50 per
share...........      --
Issuance of
Series A shares
at $10.00 per
share, net of
issuance costs
totaling $63....    4,937
Warrants to
issue common
stock attached
to Series B
Preferred
Stock...........   15,707
Beneficial
conversion
feature embedded
in Series B
Preferred
Stock...........    3,307
Accretion of
Series A
Preferred
Stock...........      --
Accretion of
Series B
Preferred
Stock...........     (822)
Distributions to
shareholders....   (9,940)
Equity-based
compensation
awarded.........      --
Amortization of
equity-based
compensation....   19,988
Cash proceeds
from exercise of
stock options...      683
                  --------
Balance at at
December 31,
2000............  $30,711
                  ========
</TABLE>

           See notes to combined consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                 COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                     (In thousands, except share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Years Ended December 31,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                     1998      1999      2000
                                                  ----------- -------  --------
                                                  Predecessor
                                                  -----------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income (loss)..............................    $   154   $ 1,951  $ (5,513)
Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net
 cash provided by operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization..................        716     1,518     2,425
 Deferred income taxes..........................         43       (29)   (2,774)
 Equity-based compensation......................        --        --     19,988
 Minority interest..............................          4         3        38
Changes in assets and liabilities that provided
 (used) cash:
 Accounts receivable............................       (852)      (55)   (8,410)
 Due to (from) affiliates, net..................        234      (439)     (630)
 Inventories....................................       (296)   (1,982)  (10,334)
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets......       (218)      (20)     (886)
 Accounts payable...............................      1,848     1,401     5,002
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities.........        268       211     2,859
 Income taxes payable...........................        109     1,645     8,809
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......      2,010     4,204    10,574
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Purchases of property, plant and equipment.....     (3,080)   (5,135)  (18,966)
 Note receivable from NTO IRE-POLUS.............        --        --       (500)
 Other..........................................          2       --         71
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Net cash used in investing activities...........     (3,078)   (5,135)  (19,395)
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Proceeds from long-term borrowings.............      2,049       600     4,374
 Principal payments on long-term borrowings.....        (81)      (15)   (1,126)
 Net proceeds from line of credit agreements....        --        --      2,500
 Capital contributions from shareholders........        --        --          2
 Proceeds from Series A preferred stock, net....        --        --      4,739
 Proceeds from Series B preferred stock, net....        --        --     94,473
 Distributions to shareholders..................        --        --     (9,940)
 Common stock offering costs....................        --        --     (1,279)
 Proceeds from exercise of stock options........        --        --        683
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Net cash provided by financing activities.......      1,968       585    94,426
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash.....         59      (129)      176
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents....................................        959      (475)   85,781
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the
 year...........................................        222     1,181       706
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year......    $ 1,181   $   706  $ 86,487
                                                    -------   -------  --------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
 information:
 Cash paid for interest, net of amounts
  capitalized...................................    $   195   $   299  $    258
 Cash paid for taxes............................    $    69   $   492  $  3,458
 Noncash transactions:
  Conversion of payable to Fibre for 20,000,000
   shares of common stock.......................        --        --   $    182
  Accounts receivable paid with nonmarketable
   securities...................................    $    46       --        --
  Common stock issued for notes receivable from
   shareholders.................................        --    $     2  $    440
  Series A Preferred Stock issued for property,
   plant and equipment..........................        --        --   $    200
  Real estate acquired from shareholder through
   assumption of mortgage payable...............        --        --   $    345
  Common stock issued at par in connection with
   the 2000 Reorganization, 5,106,000 shares at
   par value....................................        --        --   $      1
  Beneficial conversion feature embedded in
   Series B Preferred Stock.....................        --        --   $  3,707
  Accretion of Series A and B Preferred Stock...        --        --   $    847
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment
   included in accounts payable.................        --        --   $  1,805
</TABLE>

            See notes to combined consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

              NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

      IPG Photonics Corporation (the "Company") was incorporated as a Delaware
corporation in December 1998. Since inception, the Company has been affiliated
by common ownership with several entities, including NTO IRE-POLUS, Russia; IPG
Laser GmbH, Germany ("Laser"); IPG Fibertech S.r.l., Italy ("Fibertech"); and
IP Fibre Devices Ltd., United Kingdom ("Fibre"). The accompanying combined
consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and
include the accounts of the Company, Laser and Fibertech (collectively, "IPG").
For purposes of presentation of the accompanying combined financial statements
for the year ended December 31, 1998, Laser and Laser's 80% owned subsidiary,
Fibertech, are referred to as the "Predecessor." All intercompany transactions
and balances have been eliminated.

      Since inception of the entities comprising IPG, the Company's majority
shareholder has maintained majority ownership of all these entities. During
August 2000, the ownership of the Company and several affiliated companies was
reorganized (the "2000 Reorganization"). The 2000 Reorganization was completed
through several transactions. The Company initially purchased 50% of the shares
of Laser from Fibre for $7.5 million in cash plus 2,300,000 common shares of
the Company. In addition, the Company purchased an additional 4% of the shares
of Laser from the Company's majority shareholder for $2.4 million in cash.
Concurrently with these purchases, the Company was provided an option to
purchase the remaining 46% of Laser from the Company's majority shareholder. On
October 4, 2000, the Company exercised this option and obtained the remaining
46% ownership interest in Laser in exchange for 2,806,000 common shares of the
Company. Through this series of transactions, Laser and its 80% owned
subsidiary, Fibertech, became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Because
all of these entities have been under common managerial, operational and
shareholder control since inception, the transfers of interest are accounted
for in the combined consolidated financial statements as a reorganization of
companies under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interests.

      IPG has agreed in principle to acquire a 51% interest in NTO IRE-POLUS in
exchange for IPG's commitment to invest up to $5.0 million in NTO IRE-POLUS.
This obligation is subject to and in accordance with the business plan of NTO
IRE-POLUS which IPG Laser must approve. The proceeds of the investment are to
be used by NTO IRE-POLUS solely for equipment purchases and the development of
additional manufacturing capacity. The duration of this commitment is
indefinite, however the Company expects IPG Laser's investment obligation to be
satisfied within three years. The transaction is also subject to satisfaction
of usual and customary closing conditions, as well as the approval of the
Russian Ministry for Anti-Monopoly Policy. The Company anticipates that this
transaction will close in the first half of 2001. Similar to the 2000
Reorganization, NTO IRE-POLUS and the Company are under common control, and the
transaction will be accounted for as a reorganization of companies under common
control in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. This transaction will
not have a significant impact upon IPG's financial condition or results of
operations.

      IPG designs, manufactures and sells high-power fiber amplifiers, Raman
pump lasers and fiber lasers for telecommunications and industrial
applications. IPG's telecommunications products are used in the long-haul,
metropolitan and access sectors of optical telecommunications networks. IPG's
industrial products are used for marking, printing, material processing, micro-
machining, optical sensing and measurement and laboratory and medical
equipment. IPG's administrative and manufacturing facilities in the United
States are presently located in Sturbridge, Massachusetts, and European
operations are located in Burbach, Germany, and Milan, Italy. Manufacturing
activities and research and development are conducted by NTO IRE-POLUS in
Fryazino, Russia.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

      Use of estimates--The preparation of the combined consolidated financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined consolidated
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

      Foreign currency translation--The U.S. dollar has been adopted as the
reporting currency for all periods presented. The financial information for
entities outside the United States is measured using local currencies as the
functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at
the exchange rate in effect on the respective balance sheet dates. Income and
expenses are translated into U.S. dollars based on the average rate of exchange
for the corresponding period. Exchange rate differences resulting from
translation adjustments are accounted for directly as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Exchange rate differences due to
transactions in foreign currencies are reflected in the combined consolidated
statements of operations.

      Cash and cash equivalents--Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of
highly liquid investments, such as bank deposits, with insignificant interest
rate risk and original maturities of three months or less at the date of
acquisition.

      Inventories--Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a
first-in, first-out basis. IPG's inventories include parts and components that
may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. Additionally,
IPG's quality assurance standards result in the rejection of a portion of
purchased components without recourse to the supplier. The costs associated
with obsolescence or component rejection are charged to cost of sales as
incurred. IPG considers obsolescence and component rejection in estimating
required allowances to reduce recorded amounts to the lower of cost or market
values.

      Property, plant and equipment--Property, plant and equipment is stated at
cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the
straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
In the case of leasehold improvements, the estimated useful lives of the
related assets do not exceed the remaining term of the corresponding lease. The
following table presents the assigned economic useful lives of IPG's property,
plant and equipment:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Category                             Economic useful life
     --------                             --------------------
     <S>                                  <C>
     Buildings...........................       30 years
     Machinery and equipment.............      3-5 years
     Office furniture and fixtures.......      3-5 years
     Other assets........................      3-5 years
</TABLE>

      Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations. Cost
includes capitalized interest associated with significant capital projects. For
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, IPG capitalized interest
totaling $70,000, $0 and $237,000, respectively.

      Revenue recognition--Revenue on product sales is recognized at the point
in time when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed
and final, delivery has occurred and there is a reasonable assurance of
collection of the sales proceeds. IPG generally obtains purchase authorizations
from its customers for a specified amount of product at a specified price and
considers delivery to have occurred at the point of

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

       NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

shipment. IPG has no obligation to provide upgrades, enhancements or customer
support subsequent to the sale. IPG's products carry a warranty against defect
for a period of one or two years, depending upon the product type. The
expected cost associated with these warranty obligations is recorded when the
revenue is recognized.

      Impairment of long-lived assets--Long-lived assets, which are comprised
primarily of property, plant and equipment, are reviewed by management for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. In cases where undiscounted expected
future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is
recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair
value of assets. No impairment provisions have been recognized to date.

      Advertising expense--The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred.
IPG conducts substantially all of its sales and marketing efforts through
trade shows and professional and technical conferences. IPG's advertising
costs for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999, and 2000 were not
significant.

      Research and development--Internal research and development costs are
expensed as incurred.

      Income taxes--IPG accounts for income taxes under the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between
the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities and net operating
loss carryforwards using enacted rates. Valuation allowances are provided
against assets that are not likely to be realized.

      Equity-based compensation--SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, encourages but does not require companies to record compensation
cost for stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value. As permitted
by SFAS No. 123, IPG has elected to account for stock-based compensation using
the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations
including Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 44,
Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation--an
Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25, and has adopted the disclosure-only
provisions of SFAS No. 123. Accordingly, for financial reporting purposes,
compensation cost for stock options granted to employees is measured as the
excess, if any, of the estimated fair market value of the Company's stock at
the date of the grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the
stock. Equity instruments issued to nonemployees are accounted for in
accordance with SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Abstract
No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than
Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services.

      Concentration of credit risk--Financial instruments that potentially
subject IPG to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and
accounts receivable. IPG maintains substantially all of its cash in two
financial institutions, which are believed to be high-credit, quality
financial institutions. IPG grants credit to customers in the ordinary course
of business and provides a reserve for potential credit losses. Such losses
have been within management's expectations. See discussion related to
significant customers in Note 13.

      Fair value of financial instruments--IPG's financial instruments consist
of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. The current
carrying amounts of such instruments are considered reasonable estimates of
their fair market value, due to the short maturity of these instruments or as
a result of the competitive market interest rates, which have been negotiated.
The fair value ascribed to the warrants issued in connection with the Series B
Preferred Stock has been determined from an independent appraisal.

      Comprehensive income--SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income,
established standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and
its components within the financial statements. Comprehensive income includes
charges and credits to equity that are not the result of transactions with

                                     F-10
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

shareholders. Included in other comprehensive income for IPG is the cumulative
translation adjustments related to the net assets of the operations in Germany
and Italy. These adjustments are accumulated within the statement of
shareholders' equity under the caption, accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss).

      Segment information--SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information, established standards for the reporting of
information about operating segments in annual and interim financial
statements. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for
which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly
by the chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance. SFAS No. 131 also requires disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas and major customers. See Notes 12 and
13.

      Recently issued accounting standards--In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This
statement establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts, be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value. In June 1999, the FASB issued SFAS No.
137, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, Deferral of
the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133, to defer the effective date of
SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 133, as amended, is effective for IPG beginning January
1, 2001. Because IPG has not utilized derivative instruments for hedging
purposes or interest rate management, management does not believe that the
adoption of this statement will have a significant impact on operations or
financial condition.

3. Net Income (Loss) Per Share and Pro Forma Financial Data

      Net income (loss) per share--Basic net income (loss) per share amounts
for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 are computed by dividing net
income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted-average common
shares of the Company outstanding during those periods. For purposes of
computing net income (loss) per share, the common stock that was issued to the
founders, the common stock issued to Fibre in satisfaction of certain
liabilities and the stock issued to Fibre and the majority shareholder in
connection with the 2000 Reorganization are considered nominal issuances and
have been treated in a manner similar to a stock split or stock dividend.
Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur
if (i) the Series A and Series B preferred stock is converted to common stock,
and (ii) options issued under the Company's stock compensation plan and the
common stock warrants attached to the Series B preferred stock were exercised.
Due to the net loss recorded in 2000, the calculation of diluted net loss per
share excludes 10,641,575 common equivalent shares as their effects would be
antidilutive. Net income per share amounts for the Predecessor have not been
reported for the year ended December 31, 1998 due to the closely held nature of
these entities, and as such, per share amounts would not be meaningful.

      A summary of the weighted-average number of common shares and weighted-
average number of common shares and common equivalent shares for the years
ended December 31 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999       2000
                                                        ---------- ----------
     <S>                                                <C>        <C>
     Basic weighted-average ordinary common shares
      outstanding...................................... 68,706,000 70,223,364
     Weighted-average common equivalent shares.........  1,595,000 10,641,575
                                                        ---------- ----------
     Diluted weighted-average common shares
      outstanding...................................... 70,301,000 80,864,939
                                                        ========== ==========
</TABLE>

      Pro forma financial data--The Board of Directors has authorized the
filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission
that would permit the Company to sell shares of the Company's common stock in
connection with a proposed initial public offering ("IPO"). If the offering is
consummated prior to March 31, 2001 and at an offering price of $15.00 per
share, the 500,000 outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the
3,800,000 outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will automatically
convert

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

into 1,000,000 shares and 11,083,333 shares, respectively, of common stock upon
the closing of the IPO. The Series B Preferred Stock convert to the Company's
common stock subject to adjustment pursuant to the amended and restated
certificate of incorporation as discussed in Note 7. The conversion of the
preferred stock has been reflected in the accompanying unaudited pro forma
combined consolidated balance sheet. Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
share data has been calculated assuming conversion of the Series A and Series B
preferred stock into shares of common stock from the date of original issuance
of the preferred stock. In addition, no effect is given to accretion of the
preferred stock for purposes of this computation. Shares used in computing pro
forma basic and diluted net loss per share aggregated 74,377,702 for the year
ended December 31, 2000.

4. Inventories

      Inventories consist of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1999   2000
                                                                 ------ -------
     <S>                                                         <C>    <C>
     Components and raw materials............................... $2,116 $11,546
     Work in process............................................    225     905
     Finished goods.............................................    --      238
                                                                 ------ -------
       Total.................................................... $2,341 $12,689
                                                                 ====== =======
</TABLE>

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

      Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999     2000
                                                               -------  -------
     <S>                                                       <C>      <C>
     Land..................................................... $ 1,030  $ 3,620
     Buildings................................................   2,490    4,757
     Machinery and equipment..................................   5,151    9,892
     Office furniture and fixtures............................     523    1,087
     Construction in progress.................................     420   11,183
                                                               -------  -------
                                                                 9,614   30,539
     Accumulated depreciation.................................  (2,407)  (4,649)
                                                               -------  -------
       Total.................................................. $ 7,207  $25,890
                                                               =======  =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


6. Debt

      Debt consists of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999    2000
                                                           ------  -------  ---
     <S>                                                   <C>     <C>      <C>
     U.S. demand line of credit, collaterized by
      substantially all assets of the Company and the
      personal guarantee of the majority shareholder.....  $  --   $ 2,500
     U.S. construction loan, collateralized by
      substantially all assets of the Company............     --     1,537
     U.S. dollar mortgage note payable, collateralized by
      land, 10% fixed rate, maturing November 2001 (paid
      in March 2000).....................................     600      --
     Euro construction loan, collateralized by
      substantially all assets of Laser and the personal
      guaranty of the majority shareholder, 5.25% fixed
      rate, maturing September 2010......................     --     2,890
     Deutsche mark note payable, collateralized by
      guaranty of majority shareholder, 6% adjustable not
      to exceed 10%, maturing September 2006.............   1,746    1,638
     Deutsche mark note payable, collateralized by
      property, plant and equipment, 4.5% fixed rate,
      maturing semi-annually through March 2008..........   1,848    1,626
     Deutsche mark notes and mortgages payable,
      collateralized by property, plant and equipment
      ranging from 4.7% to 6.25% at fixed rates and
      variable rates, maturing monthly through January
      2019...............................................     363      338
     Deutsche mark overdraft facility....................     --       --
     Related party note payable to Fibre, unsecured, 6.0%
      fixed rate, due March 2000.........................      89      --
                                                           ------  -------
     Total debt..........................................   4,646   10,529
     Less current portion................................    (225)  (2,729)
                                                           ------  -------
       Long-term debt....................................  $4,421  $ 7,800
                                                           ======  =======
</TABLE>

      Principal maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2000 are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                 <C>
     2001............................................................... $ 2,729
     2002...............................................................     818
     2003...............................................................   1,408
     2004...............................................................   1,354
     2005...............................................................     231
     2006 and thereafter................................................   3,989
                                                                         -------
       Total............................................................ $10,529
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

      U.S. demand line of credit--In March 2000, the Company negotiated a
demand line of credit facility with available principal totaling $4.0 million,
expiring May 31, 2001. Outstanding principal on this facility bears interest at
a monthly adjustable rate of London Interbank Offering Rate ("LIBOR") plus
2.75% (9.53% at December 31, 2000). This facility is collateralized by
substantially all the assets of the Company, a guaranty from Fibre, and a
personal guaranty of the Company's majority shareholder.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

      U.S. construction loan--In April 2000, the Company entered into a $6.5
million construction loan facility to finance construction of new
administrative and manufacturing facilities in Massachusetts. The construction
loan has an initial term of nine months, during which time interest-only
payments are due monthly. After the construction period, principal payments are
due for five years, after which time the remaining outstanding balance is due.
During the construction period the construction loan bears interest at LIBOR
plus 3% (9.56% at December 31, 2000) and at a fixed rate equal to the Five-Year
Treasury Rate plus 3% for the five-year term following the construction period.
This facility is collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company,
including the related real estate and building construction.

      The U.S. demand line of credit and the U.S. construction loans contain
cross-defaults and certain covenants, including maintenance of specific
financial ratios which are not considered restrictive to the Company's
operations. The most restrictive provisions of the Company's borrowing
arrangements are as follows: a ratio of total debt to tangible capital of no
more than 3.4 to 1 at December 31, 2000, and the debt service coverage ratio
should not be below 2.0 to 1 for the year ending December 31, 2000. These
covenants were amended subsequent to December 31, 2000 such that the Company
was not in default at December 31, 2000. In connection with the amendment, the
Company agreed to reduce any outstanding amount under the construction loan by
$3.0 million as of December 31, 2002 if a public offering of the Company's
common stock has not occurred.

      Euro construction loan--During 2000, Laser entered into a financing
agreement with a syndicate of banks. The syndicate has provided available
credit of (Euro)10.0 million (or $8.8 million) to finance construction of a new
manufacturing facility in Germany and to meet the working capital needs of
Laser. Principal payments are due semiannually beginning in September 2002
through September 2010. Interest accrues at 5.25%. A portion of this loan is
personally guaranteed by IPG's majority shareholder.

      Deutsche mark ("DM") overdraft facility--In March 2000, Laser negotiated
a syndicated overdraft facility with available principal of DM 4.7 million (or
$2.3 million). This facility bears interest at market rates that vary depending
upon the principal outstanding (from 9.125% to 10.5% at December 31, 2000). The
facility is payable upon demand. No principal was outstanding at December 31,
2000. This facility and the Euro construction loan are collateralized by a
common pool of the assets of Laser. A portion of this loan is partially
guaranteed by IPG's majority shareholder.

7. Shareholders' Equity

Common stock

      The Company was incorporated in December 1998 at which time 20,000 common
shares (par value $0.01) were authorized. On December 28, 1999, total
authorized shares were increased to 100 million and the par value was changed
to $0.0001 per share. The founding shareholders subscribed for 43,600,000
shares for total consideration of $2,000, after giving effect to the increase
in authorized shares.

      In January 2000, at the direction of the majority shareholder, Fibre paid
$18,000 in cash to the Company and converted an intercompany note payable and
related accrued interest totaling $182,000 into 20,000,000 shares of common
stock.

Reserved shares

      In addition to the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the
Company's stock option plan, the Company has reserved a sufficient number of
shares of common stock for potential conversion of the Series A and Series B
preferred stock and for the exercise of outstanding common stock warrants.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


Preferred stock

      The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
of $0.0001, of which 500,000 shares have been designated as Series A
convertible preferred stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock"); 3,800,000 shares
have been designated as Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock (the
"Series B Preferred Stock").

      On March 31, 2000, the Company issued 500,000 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock for total consideration of $5.0 million. Issuance costs of
$63,000 are being accreted to the liquidation value of the Series A Preferred
Stock through March 31, 2002, the first conversion date.

      During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company issued 3,800,000
shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of the
Company's common stock (the "Series B Warrants") for total consideration of
$95.0 million. Issuance costs totaled $525,000. The Series B Warrants issued in
connection with the sale of the Series B preferred stock have been valued at
$15.7 million. In accordance with EITF 98-5, Accounting for Convertible
Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable
Conversion Ratios, because the fair value of the Company's common stock was in
excess of the conversion price implicit in the Series B Preferred Stock,
approximately $3.3 million of the proceeds from the Series B Preferred Stock
has been allocated to a beneficial conversion feature. The Series B Preferred
Stock is being accreted to redemption value over the period to the Series B
Preferred Stock's scheduled redemption dates of August 25, 2006, 2007 and 2008.


      Activity with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock for the year ended
December 31, 2000 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Number of
                                                      Shares        Amount
                                                    Outstanding (in thousands)
                                                    ----------- --------------
     <S>                                            <C>         <C>
     Balance, January 1, 2000......................        --          --
     Proceeds from sale of Series B Preferred
      Stock, net of issuance costs.................  3,800,000     $75,461
     Accretion related to issuance cost and Series
      B Warrants...................................                    822
                                                     ---------     -------
     Balance, December 31, 2000....................  3,800,000     $76,283
                                                     =========     =======
</TABLE>

      The rights and preferences of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock
are as follows:

      Dividends--The holders of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are
entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate paid on the common shares.

      Liquidation--In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or merger of the Company, each holder of the Series A and Series B
Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid, before any distributions are made
to the common shareholders, a liquidation preference. The holders of the Series
A Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid an amount equal to the preference
value of $10.00 per share plus accrued dividends, and the holders of the Series
B Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid an amount equal to the preference
value of $25.00 per share plus accrued dividends. After such distributions, the
holders of the Series A Preferred Stock do not participate in any further
distributions. The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock participate in
further available distributions in the amount that would have been payable per
share if the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock had been converted to
common shares. If the total payout under the investors participation rights
exceeds $50.00 per share, the preference amount declines linearly from $25.00
per share to $0 as the participation amount payout increases from $100.00 to
$125.00. If the assets are not sufficient to generate cash sufficient to pay in
full the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock preference values, then the
holders of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to share
ratably in any distribution of cash generated by assets in accordance with the
respective amounts that would have been

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

payable in such distribution if the amounts to which the holders of the Series
A and Series B Preferred Stock are paid in full. All assets remaining after
distribution to the holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are
available for distribution to the holders of the Company's common shares.

      Voting Rights--The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, except with
respect to the matters regarding the rights and preferences of their own
shares, are not entitled to vote on any matter. The holders of the Series B
Preferred Stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares
of common stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock are then convertible,
and voting together as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of
the Company. In addition, without approval of the majority of the Series B
shareholders, the Company is restricted from issuing convertible debt, altering
the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws with the effect of
altering the rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, increasing the authorized
shares of Series B Preferred Stock or, with certain exceptions, reclassifying
and declaring or paying dividends or making distributions of the Company's
property.

      Redemption--At the election of the holders of the Series B Preferred
Stock, the Company is obligated to redeem up to 33.3% after August 25, 2006, up
to 66.7% after August 25, 2007 and up to 100% after August 25, 2008 of the
outstanding Series B Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per
share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. In the event that the Company has
insufficient funds to redeem the shares, the Series B Preferred Stock will
accrue interest at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 3%.

      Conversion--The Series A Preferred Stock has a preference value of $10.00
per share and is convertible at the option of the holder at any time subsequent
to March 31, 2002 into the number of shares of common stock of the Company as
is determined by dividing the preference value by the conversion price then in
effect. Immediately following a qualifying initial public offering or
consummation of a sale or merger of the Company, all Series A Preferred Stock
shall automatically convert into the number of common shares of the Company as
is determined by dividing the preference value by the conversion price then in
effect. For the purposes of the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, a
qualified public offering is the sale of the common stock of IPG to the public
in a firm commitment public offering that generates gross proceeds to IPG of at
least $35.0 million at a pre-money valuation of at least $500.0 million.

      The Series B Preferred Stock has a preference value of $25.00 per share
and is convertible at the option of the holder into the number of common shares
of the Company as is determined by dividing the preference value by the
conversion price then in effect. All Series B Preferred Stock automatically
converts into the number of common shares of the Company as is determined by
dividing the preference value by the conversion price then in effect upon the
completion of a qualified public offering. A qualified public offering is
defined as an offer of the Company's common stock (i) registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) with net proceeds in excess of $100.0
million, (iii) in which such common stock is listed for trading on the New York
Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, and (iv) at a specified offering
price, after underwriting commissions and discounts, which graduates from (i)
$21.88 per share, in the case of an offering which closes from January 1, 2001
to March 31, 2001, (ii) $25.00 per share in the case of an offering which
closes from April 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001, (iii) $28.13 per share, in the
case of an offering which closes from January 1, 2002 to August 31, 2002 or
(iv) $31.25 per share in the case of an offering which closes after August 31,
2002. An offering which does not meet the offering price targets will continue
to be a qualified offering; however, the conversion price will be adjusted
downward such that the adjusted conversion price will be equal to the initial
public offering price per share divided by a factor which increases from (i)
1.75, in the case of an offering which closes from January 1, 2001 to March 31,
2001, (ii) 2.00, in the case of an offering which closes from April 1, 2001 to
December 31, 2001, (iii) 2.25, in the case of an offering which closes from
January 1, 2002 to August 31, 2002 or (iv) 2.50, in the case of an offering
which closes after August 31, 2002; provided that in no event will the
conversion price be reduced to less than $5.00 per share. The conversion ratio
was 1 for 1 on the date the Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

      Assuming an offering price of $15.00 per common share in an offering
completed prior to March 31, 2001 each share of Series B Preferred Stock will
convert into 2.91666 shares of common stock. If the offering is completed under
these terms, the Company will be required to record a contingent beneficial
conversion option related to the Series B Preferred Stock totaling
approximately $33.9 million. This charge will be recorded in a manner similar
to a dividend to the Series B shareholders and will reduce the net income
available to common shareholders in the period in which the offering is
completed.

      The holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock have certain tag-
along and drag-along rights, as described in the articles of incorporation.

      Registration Rights--If the Company at any time proposes to register any
of its common shares under the Securities Act of 1933, the holders of the
Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to participate in such registration. In
addition, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may require the Company
to file one, and the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock may require the
Company to file up to two, registration statements under the Securities Act of
1933 at the expense of the Company with respect to their shares (the "Demand
Registration Rights"). These Demand Registration Rights become effective if a
registration has not occurred prior to March 31, 2003 for the Series A
Preferred Stock or August 31, 2003 for the Series B Preferred Stock. The
holders of the Series B Preferred Stock who convert their preferred stock to
common stock in connection with an IPO may also require the Company to file
additional registration statements.

Warrants

      In connection with the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, the
Company issued Series B Warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, $23.8 million
of the Company's common shares at an equivalent per share price of 50% of the
fair value on the date of an initial public offering of such shares. The fair
value of the Series B Warrants, approximating $15.7 million, was deducted from
the proceeds of the Series B Preferred Stock and was allocated to the Series B
Warrants. The Series B Warrants are exercisable upon the completion of an IPO
or sale of a significant portion of the Company's assets and are being accreted
to the carrying value of the Series B Preferred Stock through the scheduled
redemption dates of the Series B Preferred Stock. These warrants expire in
August 2007.

Notes receivable from sales of shares

      The Company has received notes from an individual who subsequently became
a Company director in connection with this individual's exercise of 380,000
nonqualified stock options in March 2000 as well as the issuance of 500,000
shares of common stock under a professional services contract. The notes
receivable have principal balances of $190,000 and $250,000 and are full
recourse promissory notes bearing interest at 6.8% and 6.0% and are
collateralized by the shares of the Company's common stock held by this
individual. Principal is due through November 2005. The notes receivable are
presented on the combined consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to
shareholders' equity. Interest income recognized from these notes totaled
$12,000 during the year ended December 31, 2000.

      Additionally, the Company issued 43,600,000 shares of common stock to the
founding shareholders in January 1999 in exchange for notes aggregating $2,000.
These shares were fully paid in October 2000 and have been reported as current
assets and shareholders' equity at December 31, 1999 and at September 30, 2000.

Minority interest

      Minority interest reported in the accompanying combined consolidated
financial statements consists of the 20% of Fibertech held by the management of
Fibertech.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Costs to issue common stock

      The Company's Board of Directors has authorized an initial public
offering of the Company's common stock. In connection with this proposed
offering, the Company has incurred approximately $1.3 million of professional
and advisory fees. These expenses have been capitalized and reported within
other assets and will be offset against the proceeds of the offering. If the
proposed offering is postponed or cancelled, these expenses will be charged to
operations.

Stock Split

      On      , 2001, the Company's board of directors declared a 2-for-1 split
of the common shares of the Company. All share and per share amounts in the
accompanying combined consolidated financial statements have been retroactively
adjusted to reflect the stock split.

8. Related Party Transactions

      The Company and the other members comprising IPG have entered into
certain transactions with other entities affiliated with IPG. These entities
which have not been combined or consolidated in the accompanying financial
statements include NTO IRE-POLUS, Fibre, IP Fibre Optics Ltd., IPC Inc., and
VPG Laser Components GmbH (the "Non-Group Affiliates"). The related party
transactions included in the accompanying financial statements are primarily
comprised of intercompany sales of IPG's products in which the Non-Group
Affiliates are acting as a distributor of IPG's products or IPG is purchasing
raw materials and components from the Non-Group Affiliates. Additionally,
effective January 1, 2000, the Company entered into a one year management
agreement with Fibre, under which Fibre provides accounting advice and
consulting services for a monthly fee of $7,500 plus expenses. Upon expiration,
the agreement was not renewed.

      The transactions with Non-Group Affiliates, included in the combined
consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998    1999    2000
                                                         ------  ------  ------
     <S>                                                 <C>     <C>     <C>
     Net sales.......................................... $1,103  $  655  $1,394
     Purchases included in cost of sales................  2,133   2,095   4,573
     Operating expenses.................................     32     106     320
     Interest income (expense), net.....................    (10)    (17)    --
</TABLE>

      Amounts included in the combined consolidated balance sheets at December
31 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1999  2000
                                                                    ---- ------
     <S>                                                            <C>  <C>
     Amounts due from Non-Group Affiliates:
       IP Fibre Devices Ltd. ...................................... $221 $  207
       NTO IRE-POLUS (including $500 classified as long-term) .....  --   1,028
                                                                    ---- ------
         Total..................................................... $221 $1,235
                                                                    ==== ======

     Amounts due to Non-Group Affiliates:
       IP Fibre Devices Ltd. ...................................... $309 $  --
       IPC Inc. ...................................................   12    --
       VPG Laser Components GmbH...................................   33    --
       NTO IRE-POLUS...............................................  109    243
                                                                    ---- ------
         Total..................................................... $463 $  243
                                                                    ==== ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


      In May 2000, Laser entered into an agreement with a shareholder holding
more than 5% of the Company's common stock to purchase real estate located in
Burbach, Germany, in exchange for assuming the outstanding mortgage on the real
estate and a payment of approximately $84,000, which approximated the fair
market value of the real estate. Prior to purchasing the real estate, Laser had
been renting the Burbach real estate from the shareholder for approximately
$4,000 per month.

      On October 3, 1999, the Company awarded an individual who subsequently
became a Company director 500,000 shares of the Company's common stock for a
purchase price of $0.50 per share, its estimated fair value on the date of the
award, in exchange for future legal and advisory services. In March 2000, such
legal and advisory services had been performed and this individual purchased
500,000 shares of the Company's common stock with an estimated fair market
value of $2.00 per share in exchange for a $250,000 note receivable. The
Company has recognized $750,000 in equity-based compensation in respect of this
agreement.

      This individual had also been granted options, on March 8, 2000, to
purchase 400,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $0.50 per share in
exchange for continued advisory services to the Company through February 12,
2001, as amended. These options have a term of ten years and vested upon
issuance. Through February 12, 2001, the Company is accounting for these shares
under variable plan accounting and, accordingly, recognized $4.2 million in
equity-based compensation during the year ended December 31, 2000. The
individual exercised the option in exchange for $10,000 in cash and a note
receivable of $190,000, discussed in Note 7. In the event of nonperformance,
these shares are subject to repurchase by the Company.

      In August 2000, a shareholder holding more than 5% of IPG's common stock
borrowed approximately $94,000 from Laser, at an annual interest rate of 8%.
This loan was repaid in full on November 30, 2000.

      In connection with the 2000 Reorganization, IPG entered into an agreement
with NTO IRE-POLUS regarding intellectual property. Under this agreement, NTO
IRE-POLUS provides research and development exclusively for IPG in exchange for
payment of all direct and overhead costs plus a fee of 10%. No amounts were
incurred under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2000.

      In October 2000, IPG agreed to loan $1.0 million to NTO IRE-POLUS. These
funds will be used for working capital and capital expenditures. At December
31, 2000, the Company had advanced $500,000 to NTO IRE-POLUS in exchange for a
note bearing interest at an annual rate of 7.0% and repayable in June 2001. In
February 2001, the Company advanced an additional $500,000 to NTO IRE-POLUS
under similar terms.

      During 1999 and 2000, IPG purchased capital equipment used in the
production and testing processes from NTO IRE-POLUS in the aggregate amounts of
$176,000 and $473,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2000,
NTO IRE-POLUS purchased equipment from IPG in the aggregate amount of $187,000.

      During the three years ended December 31, 2000, IPG sold products to
Fibre which then sold those products to Fibre's customers in the United
Kingdom. These sales are included in the table above. Effective January 1,
2001, IPG terminated that distribution relationship and will sell directly to
customers in the United Kingdom through a wholly-owned subsidiary. This new
subsidiary will lease office space from Fibre and reimburse Fibre for general
and administrative expenses. IPG estimates that the costs related to the lease
and shared services will aggregate an annual amount of approximately $250,000.

      In 1998, Fibre entered into an agreement which would provide certain
products to a significant customer for a period of 36 months. Pursuant to this
agreement, the customer issued 1,561,144 shares of its common stock to Fibre in
consideration of a discount on products to be delivered under the supply
agreement. Additionally, a shareholder holding more than 5% of IPG's common
stock was granted options to purchase 100,000 shares of the customer's common
stock in exchange for serving on the customer's advisory board. During 1998,
Laser sold amplifiers totaling approximately $185,000 to this customer in
exchange for cash and 571,428 shares of this customer's common stock. The fair
value of these shares, estimated to be approximately

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

$46,000, became the cost basis of Laser's investment in these non-marketable
securities, and Laser continues to carry this investment at cost. During 1999
and 2000, IPG sold approximately $2.0 million of products to this customer
under the terms of the agreement. The customer paid IPG approximately $1.6
million (or 75% of the invoice price) in cash and issued 865,924 shares of the
customer's common stock, valued at approximately $400,000, to Fibre. In
connection with this transaction, Fibre issued a note to IPG for approximately
$400,000. This note along with accrued interest, totaling approximately
$32,000, was repaid in October 2000.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases

      IPG leases its current facility in the United States under a
noncancelable operating lease agreement which expires during 2001. Rental
expense under this lease agreement for the years ended December 31, 1999, and
2000 was approximately $121,000 and $230,000, respectively.

Firm purchase commitments

      In December 2000, IPG entered into a purchase agreement with a component
supplier requiring minimum purchases by IPG of approximately $66.7 million
through December 31, 2002.

      IPG has a variety of commitments with suppliers for the purchase of raw
materials and components for delivery in future years at prevailing market
prices.

Capital expenditures

      In 2000, the Board of Directors authorized expenditures on the
construction of a new manufacturing and administrative facility in the United
States with a total projected cost of $11.8 million, all of which has been
contractually committed at December 31, 2000. As of December 31, 2000,
approximately $8.0 million has been paid under these contracts. This project is
expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2001.

Employment agreements

      IPG has entered into employment agreements with certain members of senior
management. The terms of these agreements range from one to five years and
include noncompete and nondisclosure provisions as well as provide for defined
severance payments in the event of termination.

Litigation

      IPG is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor does
IPG know of any pending material legal proceedings.

10. Employee Benefit Plans

Profit Sharing Plan

      IPG maintains a 401(k) profit-sharing plan covering substantially all
U.S. employees. Employees are eligible for a discretionary contribution from
IPG based on each employee's total contribution, not to exceed 6% of an
employee's compensation. Compensation expense related to this plan for the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 approximated $18,000 and $63,000,
respectively.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


Employee Stock Option Plan

      Beginning in 1999, IPG's majority shareholder and sole member of the
Board of Directors, at that time, granted stock options to certain employees,
officers and advisors. In March 2000, the shareholders approved the IPG 2000
Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"). At December 31, 2000, 15,000,000
common shares had been reserved for grant under the Plan, and 5,919,600 shares
were issuable under the Plan. Options are subject to the vesting provisions
associated with each grant, generally vesting on a straight-line basis over
four years. All options expire ten years from the date of grant.

      In addition to the Plan, on March 17, 2000, IPG has issued 700,000
options to purchase IPG's common stock to the members of its National Advisory
Board, and, on October 4, 1999, IPG awarded 400,000 options to an IPG director
for legal and advisory services. These options were issued with an exercise
price of $0.50 per share. A total of 900,000 of these options were exercised
during 2000. These options have similar terms to those options issued under the
terms of the Plan; however, these options generally vested immediately. In
addition to these nonemployees, upon adoption of the Plan on March 1, 2000, IPG
has awarded 180,000 options to purchase the Company's common stock at $0.50 per
share to certain employees of NTO IRE-POLUS. These options are considered to be
granted under the Plan and share those terms. In accordance with SFAS No. 123
and EITF 96-18, IPG measured all of these awards at fair value, using the
Black-Scholes valuation model. Through December 31, 2000, the holders of these
options had ongoing service commitments or provided IPG with the right to
repurchase a specified amount of any shares acquired should the optionees not
fulfill the terms of their contract. Under EITF 96-18, this creates variable
plan accounting. As such, IPG was required to remeasure the fair value of these
options at each reporting date until a performance commitment date had been
achieved or the right to repurchase the options had expired. The fair value of
each option at December 31, 2000 was estimated at $12.06 per share. For the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, IPG recognized $0 and approximately
$12.1 million, respectively, in respect of these options issued to
nonemployees. Subsequent to December 31, 2000, the Company waived the service
commitments related to the 700,000 options issued to the National Advisory
Board and the 400,000 options issued to an IPG Director, which will allow the
Company to account for these awards using fixed plan accounting in the periods
subsequent to when the awards were fixed.

      The following table presents a summary of the share option activity and
related information:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Number of   Weighted-Average
                                                     Options     Exercise Price
                                                    ----------  ----------------
     <S>                                            <C>         <C>
     Outstanding, January 1, 1999..................        --
       Granted.....................................  2,600,000       $0.50
       Exercised...................................        --
       Forfeited...................................        --
                                                    ----------
     Outstanding, December 31, 1999................  2,600,000        0.50
       Granted.....................................  5,131,600        1.19
       Exercised................................... (1,594,868)       0.55
       Forfeited...................................   (751,200)       0.50
                                                    ----------
     Outstanding, December 31, 2000................  5,385,532       $1.14
                                                    ==========
</TABLE>

      The weighted-average minimum fair value of the options granted to
employees was $0.11 in 1999 and $6.30 in 2000.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

      Additional information regarding options outstanding at December 31, 2000
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Options Outstanding                    Number Exercisable
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Exercise     Number    Weighted-Average Remaining December 31, December 31,
      Price     Outstanding  Contractual Life (years)      1999         2000
     --------   ----------- -------------------------- ------------ ------------
     <S>        <C>         <C>                        <C>          <C>
      $0.50      3,830,632             8.46                --         377,600
      $1.00        500,500             9.59                --             --
      $1.75         91,400             9.61                --          10,000
      $2.50         30,000             9.91                --             --
      $3.75        933,000             9.94                --           6,000
                 ---------                                 ---        -------
                 5,385,532                                 --         393,600
                 =========                                 ===        =======
</TABLE>

      Compensation related to options awarded during the year ended December
31, 2000 (approximately $42.9 million) has been deferred for financial
reporting purposes and is generally being amortized on a straight-line basis
over the vesting period of the related options for fixed awards. Options issued
to nonemployees and consultants, which require variable plan accounting, are
being amortized using the methodologies prescribed by FASB Interpretation No.
28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or
Award Plans. Given the vesting of the options issued through December 31, 2000,
the deferred compensation balance will be recognized as follows: $9.0 million
in 2001, $5.8 million in 2002, $5.0 million in 2003, and $3.1 million in 2004.

      IPG has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123. SFAS 123
requires that the fair value of stock-based awards to employees be calculated
through the use of option pricing models, even though such models were
developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable
options without vesting restrictions, which significantly differ from IPG's
stock option awards. These models also require subjective assumptions, which
greatly affect the calculated values. IPG's calculations were made using the
minimum value method with the following weighted average assumptions: expected
life, 4 years; stock volatility of 0%; risk-free interest rate of 6.5%; and no
dividend payments during the expected term. Forfeitures are recognized as they
occur.

      IPG has utilized the Black-Scholes option-pricing model in determining
the fair value of the options granted to non-employees or outside of the Plan.
In addition to the aforementioned assumptions, IPG used a volatility factor of
60% in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

      If the computed minimum values of the options awarded to employees had
been amortized to expense over the vesting period of the awards, net income and
related pro forma basic and diluted per share amounts would have been reduced
to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1999    2000
                                                              ------ -------
     <S>                                                      <C>    <C>
     Net income (loss) available to common shareholders (in
      thousands):
       As reported........................................... $1,951 $(6,360)
       Pro forma.............................................  1,889  (6,812)
     Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
       As reported........................................... $ 0.03 $ (0.09)
       Pro forma.............................................   0.03   (0.09)
</TABLE>

      On January 21, 2000 IPG granted an employee 1,000,000 shares of common
stock at the price of $0.50 per share, subject to certain repurchase rights by
IPG. IPG also granted this employee options to purchase (i) 500,000 shares of
common stock at $1.50 per share, which will vest on the earlier of October 1,
2001 or the date that IPG first recognizes $200.0 million of gross sales, and
(ii) 1,500,000 shares at $1.50 per share which vest monthly for thirty-six
months and will all vest immediately on the date IPG first recognizes $400.0
million of gross sales. As a result of these awards, the Company will recognize
equity based compensation totaling $22.7 million in 2001, $5.5 million in 2002,
$5.5 million in 2003, and $316,000 in 2004.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


11. Income Taxes

      Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and minority interest for
the years ended December 31 consisted of (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998  1999   2000
                                                            ---- ------ -------
     <S>                                                    <C>  <C>    <C>
     Domestic.............................................. $--  $  375 $(9,331)
     Foreign...............................................  392  3,681  13,290
                                                            ---- ------ -------
       Total............................................... $392 $4,056 $ 3,959
                                                            ==== ====== =======
</TABLE>

      IPG's provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December
31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1998  1999    2000
                                                           ---- ------  -------
     <S>                                                   <C>  <C>     <C>
     Current:
       Federal............................................ $--  $  151  $ 4,830
       State..............................................  --      46      499
       Foreign............................................  191  1,934    6,879
     Deferred:
       Federal............................................  --     (29)  (2,656)
       State..............................................  --      (9)    (238)
       Foreign............................................   43      9      120
                                                           ---- ------  -------
         Total............................................ $234 $2,102  $ 9,434
                                                           ==== ======  =======
</TABLE>

      The provision for income taxes is different from that which would be
obtained by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before
income taxes. The principal items causing these differences for the years ended
December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998  1999   2000
                                                             ---- ------ ------
     <S>                                                     <C>  <C>    <C>
     Tax expense at statutory rate.......................... $133 $1,379 $1,346
     State and local taxes..................................  --      23    261
     Differences in federal and foreign tax rates...........   79    657  2,425
     Nondeductible equity-based compensation................  --     --   4,429
     Nondeductible items and other..........................   22     43    973
                                                             ---- ------ ------
       Total................................................ $234 $2,102 $9,434
                                                             ==== ====== ======
</TABLE>

      The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31
are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999   2000
                                                                ----  ------
     <S>                                                        <C>   <C>
     Current deferred tax assets--Allowances and accrued
      liabilities.............................................. $ 86  $  234
                                                                ----  ------
     Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities):
       Property, plant and equipment........................... $(50) $ (134)
       Deferred compensation...................................   --   2,710
                                                                ----  ------
     Net long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities)........... $(50) $2,576
                                                                ====  ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


12. Geographic and Segment Information

      IPG markets and sells its products throughout the world through both
direct sales and distribution channels. IPG has adopted SFAS No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, and
applies those criteria in reporting segment information. IPG currently manages
its business as two segments: U.S.A. and Germany. The segments are considered
to share similar economic characteristics and similarities in product, types of
customers and methods of distribution. Accounting policies of the segments are
the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
in Note 2. All intercompany transactions between segments have been eliminated.
The following table summarizes net sales, operating expenses, net income
(loss), identifiable assets, current liabilities and capital expenditures of
IPG in its segments (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Intercompany
                                         U.S.A.   Germany Eliminations  Total
                                        --------  ------- ------------ --------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>     <C>          <C>
December 31:
2000:
  Net sales............................ $ 46,676  $35,044   $(29,637)  $ 52,083
  Operating expenses...................   26,144    3,897        --      30,041
  Net income (loss)....................  (11,547)   6,254       (220)    (5,513)
  Assets...............................  114,079   28,375       (628)   141,826
  Current liabilities..................   18,020    9,011       (247)    26,784
  Capital expenditures.................   10,594    8,372        --      18,966

1999:
  Net sales............................ $  9,763  $16,535   $ (7,658)  $ 18,640
  Operating expenses...................    1,498    3,368        --       4,866
  Net income (loss)....................      215    1,898       (162)     1,951
  Assets...............................    6,001   10,103     (3,304)    12,800
  Current liabilities..................    5,135    4,110     (3,142)     6,103
  Capital expenditures.................    2,863    2,272        --       5,135

1998:
  Net sales............................ $    --   $ 8,263   $    --    $  8,263
  Operating expenses...................      --     2,056        --       2,056
  Net income...........................      --       154        --         154
  Assets...............................      --     8,819        --       8,819
  Current liabilities..................      --     3,682        --       3,682
  Capital expenditures.................      --     3,080        --       3,080
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

        NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

      The geographic sources of IPG's net sales, based on billing addresses of
IPG's customers, for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998   1999    2000
                                                         ------ ------- -------
<S>                                                      <C>    <C>     <C>
United States and other North America................... $5,369 $11,455 $35,344
Europe:
 Germany................................................    853   3,796   7,638
 United Kingdom.........................................    769     564     926
 Other..................................................    380     969   2,426
Asia:
 Japan..................................................    892   1,830   5,672
 Other..................................................    --       26      77
                                                         ------ ------- -------
  Total................................................. $8,263 $18,640 $52,083
                                                         ====== ======= =======
</TABLE>

      IPG has historically derived sales from two product lines: fiber
amplifiers and Raman pump lasers for telecommunications applications and fiber
lasers for industrial applications. While complete financial information for
these product lines is not available, IPG has identified its historic net sales
for the years ended December 31, for these product lines as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1998    1999     2000
                                                       ------  -------  -------
     <S>                                               <C>     <C>      <C>
     Telecommunications............................... $7,152  $16,148  $45,120
     Industrial applications..........................  1,111    2,492    6,963
                                                       ------  -------  -------
       Total.......................................... $8,263  $18,640  $52,083
                                                       ======  =======  =======

13. Significant Customers

      IPG's largest customers are national and international telecommunications
companies. IPG has four customers that individually comprised more than 10% of
net sales during the three years ended December 31, 2000. The following table
presents the percentage of net sales for the years ended December 31 that these
customers represent during each period:

<CAPTION>
                         Customer                       1998    1999     2000
                         --------                      ------  -------  -------
     <S>                                               <C>     <C>      <C>
     A................................................      2%       9%      43%
     B................................................     43%      41%      13%
     C................................................    --        10%       2%
     D................................................      1%       7%      11%
                                                       ------  -------  -------
       Total..........................................     46%      67%      69%
                                                       ======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

      Accounts receivable related to these five customers totaled approximately
61% of the December 31, 2000 accounts receivable balance.

      As discussed in Note 8, in September 1999, Fibre entered into a supplier
agreement with Customer A. Fibre, Laser and certain shareholders maintain an
insignificant ownership interest in Customer A.

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

Inside Back Cover Page:

      Along the top edge of the page is the caption: "Fiber Lasers for
Industrial Applications."

      Under the top edge caption and in the upper left-hand corner of the page
is a photograph of medical professionals performing surgery with the word
"Medical" above the photograph, illustrating the use of fiber lasers in medical
applications.

      Under the top edge caption and in the upper right-hand corner of the page
is a photograph of an airplane with the word "Aerospace" above the photograph,
illustrating the use of fiber lasers in aerospace applications.

      In the center of the page is a photograph of several of the registrant's
fiber lasers for industrial applications.

      In the lower left-hand corner of the page is a photograph of a circuit
board with the word "Micromachining" below the photograph, illustrating the use
of fiber lasers in micromachining applications.

      In the lower right-hand corner of the page is a photograph of a product
being printed with the word "Printing" below the photograph, illustrating the
use of fiber lasers in printing applications.
<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Through and including    , 2001 (the 25th day after the date of this
prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.

                                8,200,000 Shares

                           IPG Photonics Corporation

                                   [IPG LOGO]

                                  Common Stock

                                ---------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                ---------------

                              Merrill Lynch & Co.

                            Robertson Stephens

                               CIBC World Markets

                           U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray

                                 Wit SoundView

                                       , 2001

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the     +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an    +
+offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these +
+securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.             +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]
                             Subject to Completion

                Preliminary Prospectus Dated March 6, 2001

PROSPECTUS
                                8,200,000 Shares
                                   [IPG LOGO]
                                  Common Stock

                                  -----------

    This is IPG Photonics Corporation's initial public offering of common
stock. IPG Photonics Corporation is selling all of the shares. The U.S.
international managers are offering 1,230,000 shares outside the U.S. and
Canada and the U.S. underwriters are offering 6,970,000 shares in the U.S. and
Canada.

    We expect the public offering price to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per
share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of this
offering, we expect that the common stock will trade on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "IPGP."

    Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the
"Risk Factors" section beginning on page 6 of this prospectus.

                                  -----------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Per Share Total
                                                                --------- -----
     <S>                                                        <C>       <C>
     Public offering price.....................................   $       $
     Underwriting discount.....................................   $       $
     Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG Photonics...............   $       $
</TABLE>

    The international managers may also purchase up to an additional 176,250
shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount,
within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments. The
U.S. underwriters may similarly purchase up to an additional 998,750 shares
from us.

    Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if
this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is
a criminal offense.

    The shares will be ready for delivery in New York, New York on or about
, 2001.

                                  -----------

Merrill Lynch International
          Robertson Stephens
                   CIBC World Markets
                            U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
                                                                   Wit SoundView

                                  -----------

                  The date of this prospectus is      , 2001.
<PAGE>

                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]
                                  UNDERWRITING

General

      We intend to offer the shares outside the U.S. and Canada through the
international managers and in the U.S. and Canada through the U.S.
underwriters. Merrill Lynch International, Robertson Stephens, Inc., CIBC World
Markets Corp., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and Wit SoundView Corporation,
are acting as lead managers for the international managers named below. Subject
to the terms and conditions described in an international purchase agreement
among us and the international managers, and concurrently with the sale of
shares to the U.S. underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the international
managers, and the international managers severally have agreed to purchase from
us, the number of shares listed opposite its name below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      International Managers                    Number of Shares
                      ----------------------                    ----------------
   <S>                                                          <C>
   Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
            Incorporated.......................................
   Robertson Stephens, Inc. ...................................
   CIBC World Markets Corp.....................................
   U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc..............................
   Wit SoundView Corporation...................................
                                                                   ---------
        Total..................................................    1,230,000
                                                                   =========
</TABLE>

      We have also entered into a U.S. purchase agreement with the U.S.
underwriters for sale of the shares in the U.S. and Canada for whom Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Robertson Stephens, Inc., CIBC
World Markets Corp., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and Wit SoundView
Corporation are acting as U.S. representatives. Subject to the terms and
conditions in the U.S. purchase agreement, and concurrently with the sale of
shares to the international managers pursuant to the international purchase
agreement, we have agreed to sell shares to the U.S. underwriters, and the U.S.
underwriters severally have agreed to purchase shares from us. The initial
public offering price per share and the total underwriting discount per share
are identical under the international purchase agreement and the U.S. purchase
agreement.

      The international managers and the U.S. underwriters have agreed to
purchase all of the shares sold under the international and U.S. purchase
agreements if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults on
its obligations under the international or U.S. purchase agreements, the
international and U.S. purchase agreements provide that the purchase
commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase
agreements may be terminated. The closings for the sale of shares to be
purchased by the international managers and the U.S. underwriters are
conditioned on one another. We have agreed to indemnify the international
managers and the U.S. underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the
international managers and U.S. underwriters may be required to make in respect
of those liabilities.

      The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as
and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by
their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions
contained in the purchase agreements, such as the receipt by the underwriters
of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the
right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders
in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

      The lead managers have advised us that the international managers propose
initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering
price on the cover page of this prospectus, and to dealers at that price less a
concession not in excess of $   per share. The international managers may
allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $   per share
to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price,
concession and discount may be changed.

                                       66
<PAGE>

                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]

      The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting
discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no
exercise or full exercise by the international managers and the U.S.
underwriters of their over-allotment options.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Per Share Without Option With Option
                                          --------- -------------- -----------
   <S>                                    <C>       <C>            <C>
   Public offering price.................   $            $            $
   Underwriting discount.................   $            $            $
   Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG
    Photonics............................   $            $            $
</TABLE>

      The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount,
are estimated at $2,100,000 and are payable by us.

Over-Allotment Options

      We have granted options to the international managers to purchase up to
176,250 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting
discount. The international managers may exercise these options for 30 days
from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the
international managers exercise these options, each international manager will
be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreements, to
purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that international
manager's initial amount reflected in the above table.

      We have also granted options to the U.S. underwriters, exercisable for 30
days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 998,750 additional
shares to cover any over-allotments on terms similar to those granted to the
international managers.

Intersyndicate Agreement

      The international managers and the U.S. underwriters have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement that provides for the coordination of their
activities. Under the intersyndicate agreement, the international managers and
the U.S. underwriters may sell shares to each other for purposes of resale at
the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling
concession. Under the intersyndicate agreement, the international managers and
any dealer to whom they sell shares will not offer to sell or sell shares to
U.S. or Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or
Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions under the intersyndicate
agreement. Similarly, the U.S. underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell
shares will not offer to sell or sell shares to persons who are non-U.S. or
non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to persons who
are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions under
the intersyndicate agreement.

Reserved Shares

      At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial
public offering price, up to ten percent of the shares offered by this
prospectus for sale to some of our employees and business associates. If these
persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares
available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not
orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of this offering
will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as
the other shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

      We and our executive officers and directors and substantially all other
stockholders have agreed, with exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common
stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining
the written consent of Merrill Lynch. Specifically, we and these other
individuals have agreed not to directly or indirectly:

    .  offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

                                       67
<PAGE>

                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]

    .  sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

    .  purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

    .  grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

    .  lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

    .  request or demand that we file a registration statement related to
       the common stock; or

    .  enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in
       part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock,
       whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of
       shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

      This lockup provision applies to common stock and to securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common
stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the
person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement
later acquires the power of disposition.

Quotation on the Nasdaq National Market

      We expect the shares to be approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "IPGP."

      Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through
negotiations between us and the U.S. representatives and the lead managers. In
addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price are:

    .  the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the U.S.
       representatives and the lead managers believe to be comparable to us;

    .  our financial information;

    .  the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry
       in which we compete;

    .  an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and
       the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

    .  the present state of our development; and

    .  the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation
       measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

      An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also
possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market
at or above the initial public offering price.

      The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares being
offered in this offering to accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

      Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit
the underwriters and selling group members from bidding for or purchasing our
common stock. However, the U.S. representatives may engage in transactions that
stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix
or maintain that price.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may make short sales of
the common stock. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters at the time
of the offering of a greater number of shares than they are

                                       68
<PAGE>

                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]
required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an
amount not greater than the over-allotment options. The U.S. representatives
may close out any covered short position by either exercising the over-
allotment options or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the
source of shares to close out the covered short position, the U.S.
representatives will consider, among other things, the price of shares
available for purchase in the open market as compared to the public offering
price at which they may purchase the shares through the over-allotment option.
Naked short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The U.S.
representatives must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in
the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the
U.S. representatives are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the
price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely
affect investors who purchase in the offering. Similar to other purchase
transactions, the purchases by the U.S. representatives to cover syndicate
short positions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price
of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of
the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than
it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions.

      The U.S. representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters
and selling group members. This means that if the U.S. representatives purchase
shares in the open market to reduce the underwriters' short position or to
stabilize the price of such shares, they may reclaim the amount of the selling
concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those
shares. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares
in that it discourages resales of those shares.

      Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither
we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the U.S.
representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

UK Selling Restrictions

      Each international manager has agreed that

    .  it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any shares of
       common stock to persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons
       whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding,
       managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the
       purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which do
       not constitute an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within
       the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;

    .  it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the
       Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in
       relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the
       United Kingdom; and

    .  it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the
       United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the
       issuance of common stock to a person who is kind described in Article
       11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)
       (Exemptions) Order 1996 as amended by the Financial Services Act 1986
       (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1997 or is a person to
       whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

No Public Offering Outside the United States

      No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except in the
United States) that would permit a public offering of the shares of common
stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any
other material relating to our company or shares of our common stock in any
jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares
of our common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and
neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in
connection with

                                       69
<PAGE>

                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]
the shares of common stock may be distributed or published, in or from any
country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and
regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

      Purchasers of the shares offered by this prospectus may be required to
pay stamp taxes and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of
the country of purchase in addition to the offering price on the cover page of
this prospectus.

Other Relationships

      Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1999, KECALP Inc., KECALP Inc., as Nominee for
Merrill Lynch KECALP International L.P. 1999, ML IBK Positions, Inc. and
Merrill Lynch Taurus 2000 Fund L.P., entities which are affiliated with Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, one of the underwriters,
beneficially own an aggregate of 600,000 shares of Series B preferred stock,
which convert into 1,749,999 shares of common stock, and warrants to purchase
500,000 shares of common stock assuming an offering price of $15.00.

      Bayview 2000, L.P., an entity which is affiliated with Robertson
Stephens, one of the underwriters, beneficially owns an aggregate of 80,000
shares of Series B preferred stock, which convert into 233,333 shares of common
stock, and warrants to purchase 66,667 shares of common stock assuming an
offering price of $15.00 per share.

                                       70
<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                [ALTERNATE PAGE]

      Through and including    , 2001 (the 25th day after the date of this
prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.

                                8,200,000 Shares

                           IPG Photonics Corporation

                                   [IPG LOGO]

                                  Common Stock

                               ----------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                               ----------------

                        Merrill Lynch International

                            Robertson Stephens

                               CIBC World Markets

                           U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray

                                 Wit SoundView

                                       , 2001

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The following are the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection
with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered under this
Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All
amounts shown are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
filing fee. The following expenses will be borne solely by the Registrant.

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                            <C>
      Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fees.......... $   39,600
      National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Filing Fee...     15,500
      NASDAQ Listing Fee............................................     95,000
      Blue Sky Fees and Expenses....................................     10,000
      Printing and Engraving Expenses...............................    500,000
      Legal Fees and Expenses.......................................  1,000,000
      Accounting Fees and Expenses..................................    375,000
      Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees.............................     10,000
      Miscellaneous.................................................     54,900
                                                                     ----------
        Total....................................................... $2,100,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation
to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation
and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of
indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.

      The Registrant's certificate of incorporation provides for the
indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware
law. The Registrant's bylaws provide for the indemnification to the fullest
extent as required or permitted by Delaware law of officers and directors
acting on behalf of the Registrant with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding.

      We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our
directors which requires us, among other things, to indemnify them against
certain liabilities which may arise by reason of his status or service as a
director (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable
nature). We also intend to maintain director and officer liability insurance,
if available on reasonable terms.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been
informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

      Since incorporation, the Registrant has issued the following securities
that were not registered under the Securities Act as summarized below:

      None of these transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting
discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the Registrant believes
that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Rule 506 of Regulation
D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 promulgated under from 3(b) of the
Securities Act pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to
compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of securities in
each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for
investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock
certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients either
received adequate information or had access, through their employment or other
relationships with the Registrant, to such information about the Registrant.
For additional information regarding these equity investment transactions, see
the section entitled "Transactions with Related Parties" in the Prospectus.

      (a) Issuances of Capital Stock.

            1. In January 1999, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of
               43,600,000 shares of common stock to individuals who founded
               the Registrant for an aggregate purchase price of $2,180.

            2. On January 15, 2000, the Registrant issued and sold 20,000,000
               shares of common stock to IP Fibre Devices Ltd. in satisfaction
               of $182,000 of intercompany debt and accrued interest and a
               cash payment of $18,000.

            3. On March 31, 2000, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate
               of 500,000 shares of its Series A preferred stock to a group of
               private investors for an aggregate purchase price of
               $5,000,000.

            4. Between August 30, 2000 and December 6, 2000, the Registrant
               issued and sold an aggregate of 3,800,000 shares of its Series
               B preferred stock to a group of private investors for an
               aggregate purchase price of $95,000,000.

            5. On August 24, 2000, the Registrant issued 2,300,000 shares of
               its common stock and paid $7,500,000 to IP Fibre Devices Ltd.
               to purchase 51% of IPG Laser GmbH.

            6. On October 4, 2000, the Registrant exercised our rights under a
               Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated August 24, 2000,
               between us and Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our Chairman of the
               Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, under which we
               received the remaining 46% of the total issued and outstanding
               interest in IPG Laser GmbH from Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev in
               exchange for an aggregate of 2,806,000 shares of our common
               stock.

            7. On January 22, 2001, the Registrant issued and sold 1,000,000
               shares of our common stock to an executive officer of the
               Registrant for an aggregate purchase price of $500,000 in
               connection with his employment agreement with the Registrant.

      (b) Certain Grants of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock.

            1. Between August 30 and December 8, 2000, the Registrant issued
               warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,166,667 shares of its
               common stock, assuming an offering price of $15.00 to a group
               of private investors in connection with the sale of the
               Registrant's Series B preferred stock.

      (c) Certain Grants and Exercises of Stock Options and Warrants.

            1. From incorporation through January 21, 2001, the Registrant
               granted stock options to purchase 6,581,600 shares of common
               stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.50 to $3.75 per share
               to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to its 2000
               stock incentive plan. Of such options, 664,868 have been
               exercised through December 31, 2000 at prices ranging from
               $0.50 to $1.00 per share.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>


            2. On February 3, 2000, the Registrant granted options to an
               individual to purchase 400,000 shares of the Registrant's
               common stock at $0.50 per share. The individual exercised these
               options immediately upon grant, contemporaneously assigning an
               aggregate of 20,000 such options to three family members.
               Subsequently, the Registrant issued and sold 500,000 restricted
               shares of its common stock to the same individual for an
               aggregate purchase price of $250,000. In March 2000, the
               Registrant issued and sold 500,000 shares of restricted common
               stock to the same individual for an aggregate purchase price of
               $250,000.

            3. On February 3, 2000, the Registrant granted options to purchase
               500,000 shares of common stock outside of its 2000 stock
               incentive plan at an exercise price of $0.50 per share to
               members of its National Advisory Board, and 500,000 of such
               options were exercised on March 17, 2000 for an aggregate
               purchase price of $250,000. Also on February 3, 2000, the
               Registrant granted options to purchase 200,000 shares of common
               stock under its 2000 stock incentive plan at an exercise price
               of $0.50 per share to two other members of its National
               Advisory Board. Of these options, 30,000 were exercised in
               December 2000 for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000. On
               November 28, 2000 the Registrant granted options to purchase
               50,000 shares of common stock under its 2000 incentive
               compensation plan at an exercise price of $3.75 per share to an
               additional member of its National Advisory Board.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
   Number  Description
   ------- -----------
   <C>     <S>
    1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant,
           as amended
    3.2    Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended
    4.1*   Specimen certificate representing the common stock
    4.2*   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of the Registrant
    4.3*   Series A Preferred Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 31,
           2000, among the Registrant and the owners of Series A Preferred
           Stock of the Company listed on Schedule I attached thereto
    4.4*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and the Investors named therein
    5.1    Form of Opinion of Winston & Strawn
   10.1*   2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
   10.2*   $6,500,000.00 Construction Loan Furnished by Family Bank, FSB to the
           Registrant, Guaranteed by IP Fibre Devices Ltd. and Dr. Valentin P.
           Gapontsev, dated April 28, 2000
   10.3*   Assignment, Research and Development Agreement, dated as of August,
           30, 2000, by and among the Registrant, IPG Laser GmbH, IPG Fibertech
           S.r.l and NTO IRE-POLUS
   10.4*   Purchase and Sales Agreement, dated October 6, 1999, by and between
           the Registrant and Daniel Prouty and Melvin Glickman as trustees for
           Elmar Realty Trust
   10.5*   Employment Agreement, entered into as of June 19, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and John Geagea
   10.6*   Employment Agreement, entered into as of August 9, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and Hon. John H. Dalton
   10.7*   Employment Contract between IPG Laser and Its Managing Director, Dr.
           Valentin P. Gapontsev, dated August 25, 1995
   10.8*   Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2000, by and between the
           Registrant and Vincent Au-Yeung
   10.9*   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and
           its Directors
   10.10*  Design and Building Agreement, dated March 10, 2000, by and between
           the Registrant and AHO Construction, Inc.
   10.11*  Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated August 24, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
   10.12*  Purchase Agreement, dated August 24, 2000, by and between the
           Registrant and IP Fibre Devices U.K. (Limited)
   10.13*  Purchase Agreement, dated August 24, 2000, by and between the
           Registrant and Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
   10.14*  Loan Agreement No. LA-201003/01, made October 3, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and NTO IRE-POLUS
   10.15*  Form of Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement
   10.16*  Employment Contract, effective September 18, 2000, between IPG Laser
           GbmH and Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov
   10.17*  Agreements between Registrant and Robert A. Blair
   10.18+* IPG Photonics Corporation Purchase and Sales Agreement No. 1/99,
           dated May 14, 1999, between the Registrant and SDL, Inc., as amended
   10.19*  Stock Issuance Agreement, effective as of January 22, 2001, by and
           between the Registrant and Vincent Au-Yeung
   10.20*  Services Agreement between IP Fibre Devices Ltd. and new IPG
           Photonics (UK) Ltd., dated as of January 1, 2001
   21.1*   List of Subsidiaries
   23.1    Consent of Winston & Strawn (See Exhibit 5.1)
   23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche GmbH
   23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
   27.1    Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
--------
(*) Previously filed.

(+) Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for
    confidential treatment.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

Item 17. Undertakings.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

      Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described
under Item 14 of this Registration Statement or otherwise, the Registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

                  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
            Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
            Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
            reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus
            filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
            497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
            Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective;
            and

                  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
            Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
            of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
            relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
            such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
            fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act"), the Company certifies that it has reasonable grounds to
believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has
duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Sturbridge, Massachusetts on March
6, 2001.

                                          IPG Photonics Corporation

                                               /s/ Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                          By: _________________________________
                                             Name: Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                             Title: Chairman of the Board of
                                                 Directors and Chief Executive
                                                 Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in their capacities on the
dates listed below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Signature                            Title                     Date
              ---------                            -----                     ----

<S>                                    <C>                            <C>
    /s/ Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev      Chairman of the Board of          March 6, 2001
______________________________________  Directors and Chief Executive
      Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev         Officer
                                       (Principal Executive Officer)

       /s/ Hon. John H. Dalton         President and Director            March 6, 2001
______________________________________
         Hon. John H. Dalton

     /s/ Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov*       Director                          March 6, 2001
______________________________________
        Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov

       /s/ Timothy P.V. Mammen         Chief Financial Officer and       March 6, 2001
______________________________________  Vice President
         Timothy P.V. Mammen            (Principal Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>


                                      II-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Signature                          Title                   Date
              ---------                          -----                   ----

<S>                                    <C>                        <C>
       /s/ Dr. Denis Gapontsev*        Vice President of Research    March 6, 2001
______________________________________  and Development and
         Dr. Denis Gapontsev            Director

         /s/ Robert A. Blair*          Vice Chairman of the Board    March 6, 2001
______________________________________  of Directors
           Robert A. Blair

        /s/ Michael C. Child*          Director                      March 6, 2001
______________________________________
           Michael C. Child

      /s/ Dr. William F. Krupke*       Director                      March 6, 2001
______________________________________
        Dr. William F. Krupke

   /s/ Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
*By: _________________________________
      Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
          (Attorney-In-Fact)
</TABLE>

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                               Index to Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
   Number  Description
   ------- -----------
   <C>     <S>
    1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant,
           as amended
    3.2    Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended
    4.1*   Specimen certificate representing the common stock
    4.2*   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of the Registrant
    4.3*   Series A Preferred Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 31,
           2000, among the Registrant and the owners of Series A Preferred
           Stock of the Company listed on Schedule I attached thereto
    4.4*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and the Investors named therein
    5.1    Form of Opinion of Winston & Strawn
   10.1*   2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
   10.2*   $6,500,000.00 Construction Loan Furnished by Family Bank, FSB to the
           Registrant, Guaranteed by IP Fibre Devices Ltd. and Dr. Valentin P.
           Gapontsev, dated April 28, 2000
   10.3*   Assignment, Research and Development Agreement, dated as of August,
           30, 2000, by and among the Registrant, IPG Laser GmbH, IPG Fibertech
           S.r.l and NTO IRE-POLUS
   10.4*   Purchase and Sales Agreement, dated October 6, 1999, by and between
           the Registrant and Daniel Prouty and Melvin Glickman as trustees for
           Elmar Realty Trust
   10.5*   Employment Agreement, entered into as of June 19, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and John Geagea
   10.6*   Employment Agreement, entered into as of August 9, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and Hon. John H. Dalton
   10.7*   Employment Contract between IPG Laser and Its Managing Director, Dr.
           Valentin P. Gapontsev, dated August 25, 1995
   10.8*   Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2000, by and between the
           Registrant and Vincent Au-Yeung
   10.9*   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and
           its Directors
   10.10*  Design and Building Agreement, dated March 10, 2000, by and between
           the Registrant and AHO Construction, Inc.
   10.11*  Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated August 24, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
   10.12*  Purchase Agreement, dated August 24, 2000, by and between the
           Registrant and IP Fibre Devices U.K. (Limited)
   10.13*  Purchase Agreement, dated August 24, 2000, by and between the
           Registrant and Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
   10.14*  Loan Agreement No. LA-201003/01, made October 3, 2000, by and
           between the Registrant and NTO IRE-POLUS
   10.15*  Form of Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement
   10.16*  Employment Contract, effective September 18, 2000, between IPG Laser
           GbmH and Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov
   10.17*  Agreements between the Registrant and Robert A. Blair
   10.18+* IPG Photonics Corporation Purchase and Sales Agreement No. 1/99,
           dated May 14, 1999, between the Registrant and SDL, Inc., as amended
   10.19*  Stock Issuance Agreement, effective as of January 22, 2001, by and
           between the Registrant and Vincent Au-Yeung
   10.20*  Services Agreement between IP Fibre Devices Ltd. and new IPG
           Photonics (UK) Ltd., dated as of January 1, 2001
   21.1*   List of Subsidiaries
   23.1    Consent of Winston & Strawn (See Exhibit 5.1)
   23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche GmbH
   23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
   27.1    Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
--------
(*)  Previously filed.

(+)  Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for
     confidential treatment.
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-3.1
<SEQUENCE>2
<FILENAME>0002.txt
<DESCRIPTION>AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                           IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

               -------------------------------------------------

                    Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
               General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

               -------------------------------------------------

       The undersigned, IPG Photonics Corporation (the "Corporation"), a
                                                        -----------
corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies
as follows:

     1.  The name of the Corporation is IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION.

     2.  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 2, 1998 and a
Certificate of Amendment was filed on March 30, 2000.

     3.  The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as hereinafter
set forth has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections
242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     4.  The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in
full to read as follows:

     FIRST:  The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") is "IPG Photonics
                                               -----------
Corporation."

     SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New
Castle, and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Trust Company.

     THIRD:  The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to engage in
any lawful act or activity for which corporation may be organized under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     FOURTH:  Total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation
shall have authority to issue is 505,000,000 shares of which 500,000,000 shares
shall be designated Common Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Common
                                                                  ------
Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares shall be designated Preferred Stock, par value of
-----
$.0001 per share ("Preferred Stock").
                   ---------------

     Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more
series as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors, each of
said series to be distinctly designated. The voting powers, preferences and
relative, participating, optional and other special
<PAGE>

rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of
each such series may differ from those of any and all other series of Preferred
Stock at any time outstanding, and the Board of Directors is hereby expressly
granted authority to fix or alter, by resolution or resolutions, the
designation, number, voting powers, preferences and relative, participating,
optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and
restrictions thereof, of each such series, including but without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the following:

     1.  The distinctive designation of, and the number of shares of Preferred
Stock that shall constitute, such series, which number (except where otherwise
provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution establishing such series)
may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such series
then outstanding) from time to time by like action of the Board of Directors;

     2.  The rights in respect of dividends, if any, of such series of Preferred
Stock, the extent of the preference or relation, if any, of such dividends to
the dividends payable on any other class or classes or on any other series of
the same or other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation and
whether such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative;

     3.  The right, if any, of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to
convert the same into, or exchange the same for, shares of any other class or
classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of
capital stock of the Corporation, and the terms and conditions of such
conversion or exchange;

     4.  Whether or not shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall be
subject to redemption, and the redemption price or prices and the time or times
at which, and the terms and conditions on which, shares of such series of
Preferred Stock may be redeemed;

     5.  The rights, if any, of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock
upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the
Corporation or in the event of any merger or consolidation of or sale of assets
by the Corporation;

     6.  The terms of any sinking fund or redemption or repurchase or purchase
account, if any, to be provided for shares of such series of Preferred Stock;

     7.  The voting powers, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred
Stock generally or with respect to any particular matter, which may be less
than, equal to or greater than one vote per share, and which may, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, include the right, voting as a series
by itself or together with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock or
all series of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of the
Corporation generally or under such specific circumstances and on such
conditions, as shall be provided in the resolution or resolutions of the Board
of Directors adopted pursuant hereto, including, without limitation, in the
event there shall have been a default in the payment of dividends on or
redemption of any one or more series of Preferred Stock; and

     8.  Such other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional
and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions
thereof, as the Board of Directors shall determine.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     A.   Series A Preferred Stock.
          ------------------------

     Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Section A are defined
in Section A.7.1 hereof.

     Section 1.  Designation and Amount

     1.1  There shall be a series of the Preferred Stock which shall be
designated as the "Series A Preferred Stock," par value $.0001 per share, and
                   ------------------------
the number of shares constituting such series shall be Five Hundred Thousand
(500,000).  Subject to Section A.5.3, such number of shares may be decreased by
resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce
the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than that of
the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding
securities issued by the Corporation with respect to shares of Series A
Preferred Stock.

     1.2  The Corporation shall not reissue any shares of the Series A Preferred
Stock and shall from time to time in accordance with applicable law increase the
authorized amount of its Common Stock in the event that the number of authorized
shares of Common Stock remaining available for issuance shall not be sufficient
to permit conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.

     Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.  If any cash dividends or non-cash
dividends or other distributions (other than distributions of Common Stock) are
declared by the Board of Directors to be paid on any shares of Common Stock,
then a dividend shall be paid at the same time to the holders of the outstanding
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at a rate per share equal to the product
of (i) such per share dividend or other distribution declared by the Board of
Directors on the Common Stock multiplied by (ii) the Conversion Ratio (as
defined in Section A.5.3 below) then in effect.

     Section 3.  Liquidation.  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Corporation, or upon any Liquidating Merger, each holder of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, before any distribution
or payment is made upon any Common Stock, from the assets of the Corporation
available for distribution to its Stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or
earnings, an amount in cash equal to the sum of the aggregate Liquidation Value
of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder.  Prior to the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or to any Liquidating
Merger, the Corporation shall declare for payment all accrued and unpaid
dividends, if any, with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock as set forth in
Section A.2.  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation or any such Liquidating Merger, the Corporation's assets to be
distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient
to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount that they are entitled
to be paid, then the entire assets to be distributed shall be distributed
ratably among such holders based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of the
Series A Preferred Stock held by each such holder.  The Corporation shall give
written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or of such
Liquidating Merger, not less than 30 days prior to the payment date stated
therein, to each record holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Neither
the consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with

                                       3
<PAGE>

any other entity or entities that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Corporation, nor the sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of
its assets to any such wholly-owned subsidiary, nor the reduction of the capital
stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution
winding up or Liquidating Merger of the Corporation within the meaning of this
Section 3. After distribution of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the
full preferential amount set forth above, the remaining assets of the
Corporation available for distribution, if any, to the stockholders of the
Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock pro
rata based on their respective shareholdings on a fully diluted basis.

     Section 4.  Voting Rights.  The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock,
voting as a class, shall be entitled to vote as provided by applicable law and
as herein provided.

          4.1  Protective Voting Provisions.  So long as shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, without first obtaining the approval (by
vote or written consent, as provided by law or by the Certificate of
Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, each as amended from time to
time) of the holders of more than fifty percent of the outstanding shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Corporation shall
not:

          (i)  increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock; or

          (ii) affect, alter, amend, repeal or waive the rights, preferences or
privileges of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock as set forth herein.

          4.2  Other Voting Provisions.  The holders of the Series A Preferred
Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter on which the holders of Common
Stock shall be entitled to vote (including the election of directors), except as
otherwise required by law.

          Section 5.  Conversion.

          5.1  Elective Conversion.  At any time after March 30, 2002,
at his, her or its absolute and sole discretion, any holder of shares of Series
A Preferred Stock may convert all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Stock
(including any fraction of a share) held by such holder, into a number of fully
paid and nonassessable shares of Conversion Stock equal to the Conversion Ratio
then in effect by delivery to the Corporation of a number of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock having a value equal to the Conversion Price to be converted,
and by surrendering such holder's certificate(s) in accordance with Section
A.5.6 hereof, and subject to Section A.5.7 hereof.

          5.2  Automatic Conversion. Immediately following the closing of (i) a
Qualified IPO or (ii) the consummation of any merger or sale of a majority of
the Common Stock of the Corporation or of all or substantially all of its assets
(other than a merger with or sale to an Affiliate of the Corporation) in which
the holders of the Common Stock (assuming conversion of all convertible
securities of the Corporation) would be entitled to receive in a liquidation
consideration worth at least $500,000,000, then any and all outstanding shares
of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to Conversion Stock at
the then effective

                                       4
<PAGE>

Conversion Ratio without any further action on the part of any holder of the
Series A Preferred Stock, subject to Sections A.5.8 and Section A.5.9 hereof.
Upon such automatic conversion, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be
canceled and not subject to reissuance as Series A Preferred Stock, but shall
rather be undesignated and unreserved Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

          5.3  Conversion Ratio.  The "Conversion Ratio" shall be
                                       ----------------
determined by dividing the Original Liquidation Price by the Conversion Price
(as defined in Section A.5.4 hereof).

          5.4  Conversion Price.  The initial Conversion Price shall
equal $10.00 per share.  The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment
from time to time as follows:

          5.4.1  Definitions. For purposes of this Section A.5.4, the following
definitions shall apply:

          (i) "Additional Shares" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued
               -----------------
(or, with respect to options, rights or warrants, deemed to be issued in
accordance with Section A.5.4.2) by the Corporation after the date that the
original of the Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation is filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, other than in any of the
following transactions:

              (a) in connection with the issuance to directors, officers,
     employees, or consultants of the Corporation or its Affiliates, in
     connection with their service to the Corporation, of options, rights, or
     warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of Common
     Stock pursuant to stock purchase or stock options plans or agreements on
     terms from time to time approved by the Board of Directors;

              (b) upon the issuance of securities in an underwritten offering of
     the Corporation's equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective
     registration statement under the Securities Act;

              (c)  upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock;

              (d) upon the issuance of a stock dividend declared by the Board of
     Directors to be paid on the Common Stock as a class, or upon any stock
     split or other subdivision or combination of Common Stock;

              (e) upon the exercise of options, rights, or warrants to subscribe
     for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock
     outstanding or committed to be issued the date that the original of the
     Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation is filed with the
     Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or described in (a) above;

              (f) upon the exercise of warrants delivered in connection with
     borrowings, lines of credit or other credit facilities extended to the
     Corporation;

                                       5
<PAGE>

              (g) in connection with a strategic alliance or partnership, or
     joint venture or development arrangement with any non-Affiliated Person;

              (h) upon the issuance of shares issued in respect of the
     antidilution provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or other
     antidilution provisions governing the Corporation's securities; or

              (i) in connection with the issuance to an Affiliate of the
     Corporation of securities of the Corporation, provided that such issuance
     does not cause the Corporation's issued Common Stock to exceed 50,000,000
     shares, taking into consideration reserves for stock options, warrants,
     Conversion Shares and other series of convertible preferred shares issued
     after the date that the original of the Series A Preferred Stock
     Certificate of Designation is filed with the Secretary of State of
     Delaware.

         (ii) "Consideration" shall mean the following:
               -------------

              (a) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the
     Consideration shall be deemed to be the aggregate amount of cash paid
     therefor before deducting any discounts, commissions or other expenses
     allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or
     otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof and excluding
     amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends thereon.

              (b) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for a
     consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the Consideration other
     than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than
     securities by their terms so exchangeable), shall be deemed to be the fair
     value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors,
     irrespective of any accounting treatment; provided, however, that if, at
     the time of such determination, the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-
     counter market, the Nasdaq Stock Market, or on a national or regional
     securities exchange (or if other securities constituting such Consideration
     are traded in the over-the-counter market, the Nasdaq Stock Market or on a
     national or regional securities exchange), such fair value as determined by
     the Board of Directors shall not exceed the Current Market Value (as
     defined in Section A.5.4.1(iii)) of the Common Stock or of such other
     securities.

              (c) In the case of the granting or issuance of options to purchase
     or rights to subscribe for Common Stock that are deemed to be Additional
     Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, such Additional Shares shall be
     deemed to be issued at the time such options or rights were granted or
     issued and for a consideration equal to the Consideration (determined in
     the manner provided in Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and Section A.5.4.1(ii)(b)
     hereof), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such
     options or rights, plus the additional minimum aggregate amount (as set
     forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision
     contained therein designed to protect against dilution), if any, to be
     received by the Corporation upon the exercise of such options or rights.

                                       6
<PAGE>

              (d) In the case of the granting or issuance of securities by their
     terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock that are deemed to
     be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, such Additional
     Shares shall be deemed to be issued at the time such securities were
     granted or issued and for a consideration equal to the Consideration
     (determined in the manner provided in Sections Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and
     Section A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation for
     such securities (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest
     or accrued dividends), plus the additional minimum aggregate amount (as set
     forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision
     contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of consideration
     (determined in the manner provided in Sections Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and
     Section A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, to be received by the Corporation
     upon the conversion or exchange of such securities.

              (e) In the case of the granting or issuance of options to purchase
     or rights to subscribe for securities by their terms convertible into or
     exchangeable for Common Stock that are deemed to be Additional Shares under
     Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, such Additional Shares shall be deemed to be
     issued at the time such securities were issued or the options or rights
     were granted or issued or for a consideration equal to the Consideration
     (determined in the manner provided in Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and Section
     A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation for such
     options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued
     interest or accrued dividends), plus the additional Consideration
     (determined in the manner provided in Sections Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and
     Section A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, to be received by the Corporation
     upon the exercise of such options or rights.

              (f) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock without
     consideration, the Consideration shall be deemed to be $0.0001 per share,
     or such lesser amount as shall be the then par value of the Common Stock.

        (iii) "Current Market Value" of a given security on any given date
               --------------------
shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of the
security for 20 consecutive business days selected by the Corporation before
such date.  The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price regular
way or, in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid
and asked prices regular way, in either case on the principal national or
regional securities exchange on which the security is listed or admitted to
trading or on the Nasdaq Stock Market or, if it is not listed or admitted to
trading on any national or regional securities exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock
Market, the average of the closing and asked prices as furnished by any member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., selected from time to
time by the Corporation for that purpose, or if it is not a publicly traded
company, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in a good
faith resolution, based upon the best information available to it.

        5.4.2  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon
the exercise, conversion or exchange of options, rights or warrants to subscribe
for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock (as
set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions
contained therein designed to protect against dilution) shall be deemed to be
exercised, converted or exchanged immediately upon any such grant or issuance.
In the case that options or rights granted or issued as set forth in Section

                                       7
<PAGE>

A.5.4.1(i)(c) or Section A.5.4.1(i)(e) expire, or in the case that all of the
rights to exchange or convert securities issued as set forth in Section
A.5.4.1(i)(d) terminate, in each case having been issued by the Corporation for
Consideration (as determined pursuant to Section A.5.4.1(i)(c), Section
A.5.4.1(i)(d) and Section A.5.4.1(i)(e) above), the Conversion Price shall
forthwith be appropriately readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have
been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such options or
rights or securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such
expiration or termination, never been granted or issued, and the Common Stock
issuable thereunder shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding.

          5.4.3  If the Corporation shall issue any Additional Shares without
Consideration or for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in
effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares, the
Conversion Price shall be adjusted according to the following formula:

               CP =  ((OS x OCP) + C) / (OS + NS)

               where

               CP =   Adjusted Conversion Price;

               OS =   Shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents
                      outstanding or deemed outstanding (including those shares
                      deemed to be issued as a result of previous adjustments of
                      the Conversion Price pursuant to Section A.5 hereof), on a
                      fully diluted, as-converted basis immediately prior to
                      such issuance of Additional Shares;

              OCP =   Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such
                      issuance of Additional Shares;

                C =   Consideration (as calculated in accordance with Section
                      A.5.4.1(ii) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation
                      in such issuance of Additional Shares; and

               NS =   Number of Additional Shares (but excluding the additional
                      shares of Common Stock deemed issued only as a result of
                      such adjustment of the Conversion Price).

          5.4.4  No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made if such
adjustment would result in a change in a Conversion Price in an amount less than
$0.01 per share.  Any Additional Shares issued or deemed issued (and any
Consideration received or deemed received) shall be included in subsequent
future adjustments, but only until such change in the Conversion Price as a
result of such cumulative adjustments is equal to at least $0.01 per share.

          5.4.5  No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made in respect
of non-stock dividends on the Common Stock or the Series A Preferred Stock.

                                       8
<PAGE>

          5.4.6  On any change in the number of shares of Common Stock
deliverable upon (i) the exercise of any options or rights deemed to be
Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, or (ii) the conversion of or
exchange for convertible or exchangeable securities deemed to be Additional
Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, or (iii) the conversion of or exchange
for convertible or exchangeable securities issuable upon the exercise of any
options or rights deemed to be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i)
hereof, or on any change in the minimum purchase price of such options, rights
or securities, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions of
such options, rights or securities, then the Conversion Price for the Series A
Preferred Stock shall forthwith be readjusted to reflect such change with
respect to (x) such options or rights not exercised prior to such change, or (y)
such securities not converted or exchanged prior to such change, or (z) the
options or rights related to such securities not converted or exchanged prior to
such change, as the case may be.

          5.4.7  If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time
after the effective date hereof is increased by a stock dividend payable in
shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common
Stock, then, following the record date fixed for the determination of holders of
Common Stock entitled to receive such stock dividend, or the effective date of
such subdivision or split-up, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately
decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of
each such share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to
such increase of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

          5.4.8  If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time
after the effective date hereof is decreased by a combination of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock, then, following the effective date of such combination,
the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the number of
shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each such share of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding
shares of Common Stock.

          5.4.9  Notwithstanding anything seemingly to the contrary herein, in
no event whatsoever shall the Conversion Price be adjusted to a number less than
the par value of the Conversion Stock; such an adjustment shall be deemed not to
be "appropriate" within the meaning of this Section A.5.

          5.5  Reorganization or Reclassification.  In the event of any capital
reorganization, or any reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation
(other than a change in par value or as a result of a stock dividend or
subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), or any related series of such
transactions, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall, after such
reorganization or reclassification, be convertible into the kind and number of
shares of stock or other securities or property or cash of the Corporation or
entity resulting from such reorganization or reclassification to which such
holder would have been entitled, if immediately prior to such reorganization or
reclassification, such holder had converted the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock held by such holder to Common Stock immediately prior to such
reorganization or reclassification.

                                       9
<PAGE>

          5.6.  Mechanics of Elective Conversion.  Before any holder of shares
of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of
Conversion Stock pursuant to Section A.5.1 hereof, such holder shall surrender
the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed or in blank, at the
office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred
Stock (or, in addition to the aforementioned places, at such other place as the
Board of Directors may reasonably designate), and shall give written notice to
the Corporation (in the manner described in Section A.7.3 hereof) at its
principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state
therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of
Conversion Stock are to be issued.  The Corporation shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts promptly to (subject to Section A.5.9), issue and deliver at
such office to such holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or to the
nominee or nominees of such holder, (x) a certificate or certificates for the
number of shares of Conversion Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as
herein provided, (y) a certificate representing any shares of Series A Preferred
Stock not so converted and (z) an amount of cash equal to accrued but unpaid
dividends on the shares converted, calculated through the date of such
conversion and, if applicable, the payment required by Section A.5.7 and Section
A.5.8.  Any conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to
the close of business on (i) the date such written notice is given (provided
that such holder's certificate or certificates are delivered to the Corporation
within two business days after such notice is given) or (ii) in any other case,
on the date of such surrender of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be
converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of
Conversion Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes
as the record holder or holders of such shares of Conversion Stock on such date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no written notice of election to convert or
surrender of certificates shall be required in the event of an automatic
conversion pursuant to Section A.5.2.

          5.7  Fractional Shares.  No fractional shares shall be issued upon
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into Conversion Stock.  In lieu of
any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, in its
reasonable discretion, the Board of Directors may cause the Corporation to pay
cash to such holder equal to such fraction (calculated as to each conversion to
the nearest 1/100th of a share) multiplied by the applicable Conversion Price or
may round the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued to the nearest
whole share as follows: (i) any fractional shares equal to at least one-half
shall be rounded upward; and (ii) any fractional shares equal to less than one-
half shall be rounded downward.

          5.8  Declared, but Unpaid Dividends.  Promptly upon conversion, the
Corporation shall also pay to the former holders of shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock so converted an amount in cash equal to any and all accrued but
unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for
conversion through the date of such conversion (whether or not declared) out of
funds legally available for such payment; provided, however, that if the funds
of the Corporation legally available for payment of such dividends are
insufficient to pay all such dividends required to be paid on such date, those
funds which are legally available and not subject to such restrictions shall be
used to pay the maximum possible amount of such dividends and the remaining
dividends shall be paid as soon as practicable when additional funds of the
Corporation not subject to such restrictions become legally available therefor.

                                       10
<PAGE>

          5.9  Transfer Taxes.  The Corporation will pay any and all taxes that
may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Conversion Stock
on conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section
A.5.  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be
payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or transfer and
delivery of shares of Conversion Stock in a name other than that in which the
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no
issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such
issue has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established
to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

          5.10  No Impairment; Cooperation.  The Corporation will not, through
any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, Liquidating
Merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action,
avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be
observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in
good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section A.5
and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order
to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock
against impairment.  Subject to Section A.4.1, this provision shall not restrict
the Corporation from effecting an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation
in accordance with the General Company Law of the State of Delaware.  The
Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock required to make any filings or obtain any approvals,
governmental or otherwise, prior to or in connection with any conversion of such
shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to
be made by the Corporation).

          5.11  Certificate as to Adjustments.  Upon the occurrence of each
event requiring adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to
this Section A.5, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such
adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and shall prepare
and cause to be furnished to holders of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate
setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in reasonable detail
the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation
also shall, upon written request of any holder of record of Series A Preferred
Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate
setting forth (a) such adjustments and readjustments and (b) the Conversion
Price at the time in effect.

          5.12  Notices of Record Date.  In the event of any taking by the
Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the
purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any
dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution or to vote on any
matter upon which such stockholders may be entitled to vote, the Corporation
shall give notice to each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and to
each holder of outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire Series A
Preferred Stock at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, specifying
the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such
dividend, distribution or vote.

          5.13  Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.  The Corporation
shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued
shares of Conversion Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of
the outstanding shares of Series A

                                       11
<PAGE>

Preferred Stock and all shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon
exercise of outstanding warrants and options, such number of shares of
Conversion Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and all shares
of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and
options. All shares of Conversion Stock that shall be so issued shall be duly
and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and
charges arising out of or by reason of the issue thereof.

          Section 6.  Replacement.  Upon receipt of evidence reasonably
                      -----------
satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be
satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
any certificate evidencing shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and in the case
of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to the Corporation, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon
surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute
and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind
representing the number of shares of such class represented by such lost,
stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost,
stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the
Series A Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to
which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or
mutilated certificate.

          Section 7.  Miscellaneous.
                      -------------

          7.1  Definitions.  For the purposes of Section A.1 through Section A.7
of this Article Fourth:

          "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that,
           ---------
directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee,
guardian or other fiduciary, twenty percent or more of the Stock (as defined
below) having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person,
(b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with
such Person and (c) in the case of individuals, the immediate family members,
spouses and lineal descendants of individuals who are Affiliates of the
Corporation.  For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person shall mean
                                                -------
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or understanding, by virtue of being an executive
officer or a director or otherwise.  For purposes of this definition, "Stock"
                                                                       -----
means all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership or
membership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or
in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock preferred stock
or any other "equity security" (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the
General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

          "Common Stock" means, collectively, the Corporation's common stock,
           ------------
par value $.0001 per share, and any capital stock of any class of the
Corporation hereafter authorized which is not limited to a fixed sum or
percentage of par or stated value with respect to the rights of the holders
thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation.

                                       12
<PAGE>

          "Conversion Stock" means shares of the Common Stock issuable upon
           ----------------
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that if there is a change
such that the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred
Stock are issued by a Person other than the Corporation or there is a change in
the class of securities so issuable, then the term "Conversion Stock" shall mean
                                                    ----------------
the aggregate number of shares of the securities issuable upon conversion of the
Series A Preferred Stock if such securities are issuable in shares, or the
aggregate of the smallest units in which such securities are issuable if such
securities are not issuable in shares.

          "Liquidation Value" of any share of Series A Preferred Stock as of any
           -----------------
particular date shall be equal to the Original Liquidation Price per share of
Series A Preferred Stock, plus any and all accrued and unpaid dividends,
including those dividends required to be paid thereon under Section A.2 hereof.

          "Liquidating Merger" shall mean any merger, consolidation or sale or
           ------------------
exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the
Corporation or any subsidiary thereof (other than with or to any Affiliate of
the Corporation), otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its
business, which will result in the stockholders of the Corporation immediately
prior to such transaction not holding (by virtue of such shares or securities
issued solely with respect thereto) at least 50% of the combined voting power of
the surviving, continuing or purchasing entity.

          "Original Liquidation Price" of any share of Series A Preferred Stock
           --------------------------
shall be equal to $10.00 per share.

          "Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, Company,
           ------
partnership, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability
Company, trust, joint venture or other business or not for profit entity or
government.

          "Qualified IPO" means the sale of the Common Stock to the public in a
           -------------
firm commitment public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with any successor
thereto, the "Securities Act") that generates gross proceeds to the Corporation
              --------------
(before deducting underwriting discounts and other customary offering expenses)
in an aggregate amount equal to at least $35,000,000 at a pre-money valuation of
at least $500,000,000.

          7.2  Notices.  Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all
notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon
the earlier of delivery thereof if by hand, or upon receipt if sent by mail
(registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid), or
on the next business day after deposit if sent by reputable overnight courier
service, charged prepaid, or upon transmission if sent by telecopy or facsimile
transmission (with request of assurance of receipt in a manner customary for
communication of such type), and shall be deemed to have been given when so
mailed or sent (i) to the Corporation, at its principal executive offices, and
(ii) to any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or of Conversion Stock,
at such holder's address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation
(unless otherwise indicated by any such holder).

                                       13
<PAGE>

          7.3  Severability.  If any right, preference or limitation of the
Series A Preferred Stock set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation is
finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unlawful
or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other
rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this Certificate of
Incorporation which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or
unenforceable right, preference or limitation, shall, nevertheless, remain in
full force and effect, and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth
shall be dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so
expressed herein.

     B.   Series B Preferred Stock.
          ------------------------

          Designation and Amount.  A total of 3,800,000 shares of the
Corporation's Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B
Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the

"Series B Preferred Stock").
 ------------------------


          Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.  The holders of Series B
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally
available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors
may determine in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no such dividend
                                      --------  -------
may be declared or paid on any shares of Common Stock or Series A Preferred
Stock unless at the same time a dividend is declared or paid on all outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock, with holders of Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock sharing in any such dividends as if
they constituted a single class of stock and with each holder of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive such dividends based on the number
of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are
then convertible in accordance with Section B.6 hereof.

          Section 3.  Liquidation; Merger, etc.
                      ------------------------

          3.1  Series B Liquidation Preference.  Upon any liquidation,
               -------------------------------
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, whether
voluntary or involuntary (a "Liquidation Event"), each holder of outstanding
                             -----------------
shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu
basis to the Series A Preferred, before any amount shall be paid or distributed
to the holders of the Common  Stock and any other capital stock ranking on
liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred Stock (the Common Stock and such
other capital stock being referred to collectively as, "Junior Stock"), an
                                                        ------------
amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock, payable in cash, equal to the sum
of (i) $25.00  plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series B
               ----
Preferred Stock (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits,
stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the "Series B Participation
                                                       -----------------------
Amount") and (ii) such amount of the remaining assets of the Corporation as
------
would have been payable per share of Series B Preferred Stock had each such
share been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event
pursuant to the provisions of Section B.6 hereof (the sum of (i) and (ii), the

"Series B Preference Amount"); provided, however, that in the event that the
 --------------------------
Series B Preference Amount determined pursuant to the foregoing formula would
result in amount equal to or greater than $100.00 per share (such amount to be
adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and
the like), the Series B Participation Amount shall be adjusted in a linear
fashion such that the adjusted Series B

                                       14
<PAGE>

Participation Amount equals the product of (x) the Series B Participation Amount
prior to the adjustment and (y) the Adjustment Factor (as defined below). The
"Adjustment Factor" shall be a number not less than zero and not greater than
one determined by the following formula:

                   Adjustment Factor = 1 -  (    x - y     )
                                              ------------
                                                   z

where:

     x =  the Series B Preference Amount prior to any adjustment to the Series B
          Participation Amount (but adjusted appropriately for stock splits,
          stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like);

     y =  $100.00 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock
          dividends, recapitalizations and the like);

     z =  $25.00 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock
          dividends, recapitalizations and the like).

     If the amounts available for distribution to holders of Series A Preferred
Stock and Series B Preferred Stock upon a Liquidation Event are not sufficient
to pay all amounts due, such holders shall share ratably in any distribution of
assets in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which they
are entitled.

          3.2  Remaining Assets.  After the payment of all preferential amounts
               ----------------
required to be paid to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and any other
class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation on a parity
with the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Junior Stock then
outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets and funds of the
Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

          3.3  Amount Payable in Mergers, etc.  The holders of not less than a
               -------------------------------
Majority Interest may elect to have treated as a Liquidation Event (i) any
merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation
(except one in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately
prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of
the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation), (ii) any
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) any
other transaction by or as a result of which a single person (or group of
affiliated persons) newly acquires or holds stock representing a majority of the
Corporation's outstanding voting power (a "Change of Control Transaction").
In such event, all consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation
by the relevant purchaser or the Corporation in connection with a merger,
consolidation or Change of Control Transaction, or all consideration payable to
the Corporation and distributable to its stockholders, together with all other
available assets of the Corporation (net of obligations owed by the
Corporation), in the case of an asset sale, shall be paid by the purchaser or
distributed by the Corporation in redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock, as
applicable, to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance
with the preferences and priorities set forth in Sections B.3.1 and B.3.2 above,
with such preferences and priorities specifically intended to be

                                       15
<PAGE>

applicable in any such merger, consolidation, asset sale or Change of Control
Transaction as if the same were a Liquidation Event. The Corporation shall
promptly provide to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock such
information concerning the terms of such merger, consolidation, asset sale or
Change of Control Transaction and the value of the assets of the Corporation as
may reasonably be requested by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock. If
applicable, the Corporation shall cause the agreement or plan of merger,
consolidation or Change of Control Transaction agreement to provide for a rate
at which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation are converted into or
exchanged for cash, new securities or other property, or redeemed, on a basis
which gives effect to the provisions of this Section B.3. The amount deemed
distributed to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock upon any such transaction
shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities distributed
to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other
entity, as applicable; provided, however, that in the event the amount per share
                       --------  -------
to be paid in any such transaction is $25.00 or less (such amount to be adjusted
appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the
like), such amount shall be paid in cash. The value of such property, rights or
other securities shall be determined as provided below in good faith by
agreement of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and a Majority Interest.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the holders of shares
of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect by vote of a Majority
Interest to give effect to the conversion rights contained in Section B.6 (or by
vote of a Majority Interest to give effect to the rights contained in Section
B.7.5, if applicable) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in
this Section B.3.3 with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned
by them. Any election pursuant to this Section B.3.3 shall be made by written
notice to the Corporation at least 5 days prior to the closing of the relevant
transaction, and any such election shall bind all holders of this Series B
Preferred Stock.

     For purposes of valuing any securities or other noncash or consideration to
be delivered to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock any transaction to
which this Section B.3 is applicable, the following shall apply:

               (i) If traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or
     inter-dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average
     of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the
     30-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing;

               (ii) If traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be
     the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three
     (3) business days prior to the closing; and

               (iii)  If there is no active public market, the value shall be
     the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation
     and the holders of not less than a Majority Interest, provided that if the
     Corporation and the holders of a Majority Interest are unable to reach
     agreement, then by independent appraisal by a mutually agreed to investment
     banker, the fees of which shall be paid by the Corporation.

          Section 4.    Election of Directors; Voting.
                        -----------------------------

                                       16
<PAGE>

          4.1  Election of Directors.   The holders of outstanding shares of
               ---------------------
Series B Preferred Stock shall, voting together as a separate class, be entitled
to elect one (1) Director of the Corporation.  Such Director shall be the
candidate receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes (with each holder
of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to cast one vote for or against each
candidate with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by such
holder) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the "Series B
                                                                    --------
Preferred Stock Director Designee"), with votes cast against such candidate and
---------------------------------
votes withheld having no legal effect.  The election of the Series B Preferred
Stock Director Designee shall occur (i) at the annual meeting of holders of
capital stock, (ii) at any special meeting of holders of capital stock, (iii) at
any special meeting of holders of Series B Preferred Stock called by holders of
not less than a majority interest of the outstanding shares of the Series B
Preferred Stock (a "Majority Interest") or (iv) by the written consent of the
holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest.  If at any time when any
share of Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding any Series B Preferred Stock
Director Designee should cease to be a Director for any reason, the vacancy
shall only be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of the
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate
class, in the manner and on the basis specified above or as otherwise provided
by law.  The holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall
also be entitled to vote for all other Directors of the Corporation together
with holders of all other shares of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock
entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, with each outstanding share
entitled to the same number of votes specified in Section B.4.2.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B
Preferred Stock, may, in their sole discretion, determine to elect no Series B
Preferred Stock Director Designee from time to time, and during any such period
the Board of Directors nonetheless shall be deemed duly constituted.

          4.2  Voting Generally.  Each outstanding share of Series B Preferred
               ----------------
Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of
Common Stock into which such share of Series B Preferred Stock is then
convertible pursuant to Section B.6 hereof as of the record date for the vote or
written consent of stockholders, if applicable.  Each holder of shares of Series
B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholder's meeting in
accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the
Common Stock, voting together as single class, upon all matters submitted to a
vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a
class or series vote pursuant to the terms hereof (including, without
limitation, Section B.8) or by law.

          Section 5.  Redemption.
                      ----------

          5.1  Redemption.
               ----------

          5.1.1  At any time on or after August 25, 2006, upon the election of
the holder or holders of not less a Majority Interest, the Corporation shall
redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to thirty-three and one-
third percent (33 1/3%) of the originally issued and outstanding shares of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock at such time;

                                       17
<PAGE>

          5.1.2  At any time on or after August 25, 2007, upon the election of
the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest, the Corporation
shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to that percentage of
outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock that would, when
combined with any prior redemptions pursuant to Section B.5.1.1 above, result in
the redemption by the Corporation of up to sixty-six and two-thirds percent
(66 2/3%) of the originally issued and outstanding shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock at such time; and

          5.1.3  At any time on or after August 25, 2008, upon the election of
the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest, the Corporation
shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to that percentage of
outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock that would, when
combined with any prior redemptions pursuant to Section B.5.1.1 and Section
B.5.1.2 above, result in the redemption by the Corporation of up to one hundred
percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
held by each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time.

The foregoing elections shall be made by such holders giving the Corporation and
each of the other holders of Series B Preferred Stock not less than sixty (60)
business days prior written notice, which notice shall set forth the date for
such redemption and the percentage of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock to
be redeemed from each holder (which percentage so elected on each redemption
date shall be the same for each holder). The price per share for Series B
Preferred Stock in connection with any redemption made pursuant to Section B.5.1
shall equal the Series B Participation Amount (the "Series B Redemption
                                                    -------------------
Price").
-----

          5.2  Redemption Date and Price Determination.  Upon the election of
               ---------------------------------------
the holders of not less than a Majority Interest to cause the Corporation to
redeem Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section B.5.1, each holder of Series
B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to cause the applicable
percentage of such shares held by such holder to be so redeemed or to so
participate.  The date upon which a redemption is to occur in accordance with
Section B.5.1 shall be specified in the notice of redemption pursuant to Section
B.5.1 and shall be referred to as a "Redemption Date."  Subject to Section
                                     ---------------
B.5.3, the aggregate Series B Redemption Price shall be payable in cash in
immediately available funds to the respective holders on the Redemption Date in
the amount specified in Section B.5.1.

          5.3  Insufficient Funds.   If the funds of the Corporation legally
               ------------------
available for the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the
Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of such shares
required to be redeemed on such date, the Corporation shall (i) take such action
as shall be necessary or appropriate, to the extent reasonably within its
control, to remove promptly any impediments to its ability to redeem the total
number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock required to be so redeemed,
including, without limitation, (A) reducing the stated capital of the
Corporation or causing a revaluation of the assets of the Corporation under
Section 154 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to the extent permissible
under applicable law, to create sufficient surplus to make such redemption and
(B) incurring any indebtedness necessary to make such redemption, and (ii) in
any event, use any funds that are legally available to redeem the maximum
possible number of such shares from the holders of such shares to be redeemed in
proportion to the respective number of such shares that

                                       18
<PAGE>

otherwise would have been redeemed if all such shares had been redeemed in
full. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are
legally available for the redemption of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock,
such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the
Corporation became obligated to redeem on the Redemption Date (but which it has
not yet redeemed) at the Series B Redemption Price.

     In the event that the Corporation fails for any reason to redeem shares for
which redemption is required pursuant to this Section B.5, including without
limitation due to a prohibition of such redemption under the Delaware General
Corporation Law, then such shares shall continue to be outstanding and entitled
to all of the rights and preferences provided herein, and during the period from
the applicable Redemption Date through the date on which such shares are
redeemed, the applicable redemption price shall increase at the rate per annum
equal to 3% in excess of the rate established from time to time by Citibank,
N.A. as its prime rate (the "Prime Rate") provided, however, that in no event
                             ----------   --------  -------
shall such interest exceed the maximum permitted rate of interest under
applicable law (the "Maximum Permitted Rate").  In the event that fulfillment of
                     ----------------------
any provision hereof results in such rate of interest being in excess of the
Maximum Permitted Rate, the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be
reduced to eliminate such excess; provided, however, that, to the extent
                                  --------  -------
permitted by law, any subsequent increase in the Maximum Permitted Rate shall be
retroactively effective to the applicable Redemption Date.

          5.4  Surrender of Certificates.   Each holder of shares of Series B
               -------------------------
Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate or certificates
representing such shares to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for
transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers
relating thereto), or, in the event the certificate or certificates are lost,
stolen or missing, shall deliver an affidavit or agreement satisfactory to the
Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in
connection therewith (an "Affidavit of Loss"), at the principal executive
                          -----------------
office of the Corporation or such other place as the Corporation may from time
to time designate by notice to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, and each
surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired and the Corporation shall
thereafter make payment of the applicable Series B Redemption Price by certified
check or wire transfer; provided, however, that if the Corporation has
                        --------  -------
insufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series B Preferred
Stock required to be redeemed, each such holder shall, in addition to receiving
the payment of the portion of the applicable Series B Redemption Price that the
Corporation is not prohibited from paying by certified check or wire transfer,
receive a new stock certificate for those shares of Series B Preferred Stock not
so redeemed.

                                       19
<PAGE>

               Section 6.  Conversion. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock
shall have the following conversion rights:

          6.1  Right to Convert.  Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall
               ----------------
be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date
of issuance of such share and on or prior to the fifth (5th) day prior to a
Redemption Date, if any, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent
for such series, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of
Common Stock as is determined by dividing $25.00 by the Conversion Price at the
time in effect for such series (the "Conversion Rate").  In addition, the
                                     ---------------
holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled at any time,
upon the written election of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority
Interest, without the payment of any additional consideration, to cause all (but
not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be
converted into Common Stock on the basis that each outstanding share of Series B
Preferred Stock shall be converted into the number of fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock which results from dividing $25.00 by the
Conversion Price in effect at the time of such conversion, and upon the election
to so convert in the manner and on the basis specified in this sentence, all
holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to
voluntarily convert all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant
to this Section B.6.1.  The initial "Conversion Price" per share for shares of
Series B Preferred Stock shall be $25.00, subject to adjustment as set forth in
Section B.7.

          6.2  Automatic Conversion.  Each share of Series B Preferred Stock
               --------------------
shall automatically be converted, without the payment of any additional
consideration, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the
Conversion Rate as of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of the
Corporation's first underwritten offering to the public pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the

"Securities Act"); covering the offer and sale of shares of the Corporation's
 --------------
common stock (i) in which proceeds received by the Corporation (after deduction
of underwriter discounts and commissions) equal or exceed $100,000,000, (ii)
with respect to which such Common Stock is listed for trading on either the New
York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market,(iii) at an initial public
offering price per share of Common Stock, after underwriter discounts and
commissions, of not less than (A) $40.00 per share, in the case of an offering
which closes on or prior to December 31, 2000, (B) $43.75 per share, in the case
of an offering which closes from January 1, 2001 to March 31, 2001, (C) $50.00
per share in the case of an offering which closes from April 1, 2001 to December
31, 2001, (D) $56.25 per share, in the case of an offering which closes from
January 1, 2002 to August 31, 2002 or (E) $62.50 per share in the case of an
offering which closes after August 31, 2002 (in each case appropriately adjusted
for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization and the like)
(a "QPO" or a "Qualified Public Offering").  If the Corporation's first
    ---        -------------------------
underwritten offering of Common Stock would not otherwise be a QPO, then the
Conversion Price shall be adjusted downward such that the adjusted Conversion
Price is equal to the initial public offering price per share in such public
offering divided by either 1.60, 1.75, 2.00, 2.25 or 2.50, as applicable (for
each of the respective offerings described in (A) - (E) in the immediately
preceding sentence); provided that in no event shall the Conversion Price be
reduced by operation of this paragraph to an amount which is less than $10.00
and upon such adjustment such offering shall be deemed to be a QPO. If a

                                       20
<PAGE>

closing of a QPO occurs, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock
shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately
prior to such closing.

          6.3  Procedure for Conversion.
               ------------------------

               6.3.1  Voluntary Conversions.  Upon election to convert pursuant
                      ---------------------
     to Section B.6.1, the relevant holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall
     surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Series B
     Preferred Stock being converted to the Corporation, duly assigned or
     endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed
     stock powers relating thereto) or shall deliver an affidavit of loss to the
     Corporation, at its principal executive office or such other place as the
     Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of the
     Series B Preferred Stock.  Upon surrender of such certificate(s) or
     delivery of an affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and send by
     hand delivery, by courier or by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the
     holder thereof or to such holder's designee, at the address designated by
     such holder, certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which
     such holder shall be entitled upon conversion.  The issuance of
     certificates for Common Stock upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock
     shall be deemed effective as of the date of surrender of such Series B
     Preferred Stock certificates or delivery of such affidavit of loss and will
     be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any issuance tax
     in respect thereof or other costs incurred by the Corporation in connection
     with such conversion and the related issuance of such stock.

               6.3.1  Automatic Conversion.  As of the closing of a QPO (the
                      --------------------
       "Automatic Conversion Date"), all outstanding shares of Series B
        -------------------------
       PreferredStock shall be converted into shares of Common Stock without any
       further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the
       certificates representing such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are
       surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. On the Automatic
       Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock
       so converted shall terminate, except any of the rights of the holders
       thereof upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor or
       delivery of an affidavit of loss thereof to receive certificates for the
       number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock
       has been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates
       surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written
       instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the
       Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its
       attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon surrender of such certificates
       or affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such
       holder, promptly (and in any event in such time as is sufficient to
       enable such holder to participate in such QPO) at such office and in its
       name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a
       certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into
       which the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock surrendered are
       convertible on the Automatic Conversion Date.

          6.4  Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.  The Corporation
               ---------------------------------------------
shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the
shares of Series B Preferred Stock such

                                       21
<PAGE>

number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to
effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock; and
if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock
shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the then outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate
action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of
Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose,
and to reserve such shares for issuance upon such conversion.

          6.5  No Closing of Transfer Books.  The Corporation shall not close
               ----------------------------
its books against the transfer of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in any
manner that would interfere with the timely conversion of any shares of Series B
Preferred Stock.

               Section 7.  Adjustments.
                           -----------

          7.1  Adjustments to the Conversion Price.  Except as provided in
               -----------------------------------
Section B.7.2 and except in the case of an event described in Section B.7.3, if
and whenever after the date on which the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation becomes effective (the "Closing Date") the Corporation shall
                                      ------------
issue or sell, or is, in accordance with this Section B.7.1, deemed to have
issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less
than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such
issuance or sale (a "Dilutive Issuance"), then, upon such Dilutive issuance,
                     -----------------
the Conversion Price shall be reduced as follows:

               (X) if such Dilutive Issuance occurs at any time on or prior to
          August 25, 2001 (except in connection with issuances of shares of
          Common Stock to strategic investors in a strategic alliance or other
          corporate partnering transaction approved by the Board of Directors of
          the Corporation, (a "Strategic Investment") which shall be subject
                               --------------------
          to clause (Y) below), the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the
          price so as to be equal to the lowest consideration per share
          (determined as provided in Section B.7.1.1, Section B.7.1.2 or Section
          B.7.1.5, as applicable) received for each additional share upon such
          dilutive issuance.

               (Y) if such Dilutive Issuance occurs in connection with a
          Strategic Investment or at any time after August 25, 2001, the
          Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing
          (i) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common
          Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale multiplied
          by the then existing Conversion Price and (2) the consideration, if
          any, received by the Corporation upon such issue or sale (determined
          as set forth below) by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock
          outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of
          shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.

     For purposes of this Section B.7.1, the following shall also be applicable:

               7.1.1  Issuance of Rights or Options.  If the Corporation shall,
                      -----------------------------
     at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner grant (whether directly
     or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to
     subscribe for or to purchase, or any

                                       22
<PAGE>

     options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security
     convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or
     options being called "Options" and such convertible or exchangeable stock
                           -------
     or securities being called "Convertible Securities"), in each case for
                                 ----------------------
     consideration per share (determined, as provided in this paragraph and in
     Section B.7.1.5 less than the Conversion Price, whether or not such Options
     or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are
     immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common
     Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon conversion or
     exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities
     issuable upon exercise of such Options, shall be deemed to have been issued
     as of the date of granting of such Options (and thereafter shall be deemed
     to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount determined by
     dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the
     Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the
     minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the
     Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of
     such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate
     amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale
     of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof,
     by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have
     been so issued. Except as otherwise provided in Section B.7.1.3, no
     adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of
     such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such
     Options or upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or
     exchange of such Convertible Securities.

               7.1.2  Issuance of Convertible Securities.  If the Corporation
                      ----------------------------------
     shall, at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner issue or sell any
     Convertible Securities for consideration per share (determined as provided
     in this paragraph and in Section B.7.1.5 less than the Conversion Price,
     whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible
     Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of
     shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such
     Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued, as of the date
     of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities (and thereafter shall
     be deemed to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount
     determined by dividing (A) the total amount received or receivable by the
     Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible
     Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration,
     if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof,
     by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have
     been so issued; provided, that (1) except as otherwise provided in Section
                     --------
     B.7.1.3, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the
     actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such
     Convertible Securities and (2) if any such issue or sale of such
     Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options to purchase any
     such Convertible Securities, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price
     shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

               7.1.3  Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate.   If there
                      -----------------------------------------
     shall occur a change in (A) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock
     issuable in connection with any Option referred to in Section B.7.1 or any
     Convertible Securities referred to in

                                       23
<PAGE>

     Section B.7.1 or 2, (B) the purchase price provided for in any Option
     referred to in Section B.7.1, (C) the additional consideration, if any,
     payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities
     referred to in Section B.7.1 or 2 or (D) the rate at which Convertible
     Securities referred to in Section B.7.1 or (2) are convertible into or
     exchangeable for Common Stock (in each case, other than in connection with
     an event described in Section B.7.2, then the Conversion Price in effect at
     the time of such event shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price that
     would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible
     Securities that are still outstanding provided for such changed maximum
     number of shares, purchase price, additional consideration or conversion
     rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold,
     but only if as a result of such adjustment the Conversion Price then in
     effect is thereby reduced; and on the termination or repricing of any such
     Option or any such right to convert or exchange such Convertible
     Securities, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be
     increased to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect at the
     time of such termination or repricing had such Option or Convertible
     Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination
     (i.e., to the extent that fewer than the number of shares of Common Stock
     deemed to have been issued in connection with such Option or Convertible
     Securities were actually issued), never been issued or issued at such
     higher price, as the case may be.

               7.1.4  Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions.  In the
                      -------------------------------------------------
     event the Corporation at any time or from time to time shall make or issue,
     or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock
     entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities
     or other property of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock,
     then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of
     the Series B Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof in
     addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the
     amount of securities or other property of the Corporation that they would
     have received had the Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common
     Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period
     from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained
     such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period giving
     application to all adjustments called for during such period under this
     paragraph with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series B
     Preferred Stock; and provided further, however, that no such adjustment
     shall be made if the holders of Series B Preferred simultaneously receive a
     dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an
     amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received
     if all outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted
     into Common Stock on the date of such event.

               7.1.5  Consideration for Stock.  In case any shares of Common
                      -----------------------
     Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for cash, the
     consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received
     or to be received by the Corporation therefor (determined with respect to
     deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible
     Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section B.7.1.1 or 2, as
     appropriate.  In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold,
     or deemed issued or sold, for a consideration other

                                       24
<PAGE>

     than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the
     Corporation shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration
     received or to be received by the Corporation (determined with respect to
     deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible
     Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section B.7.1.1 or 2 as
     appropriate) as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
     Corporation. In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the
     issue and sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising
     one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to
     such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have
     been issued for such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board
     of Directors of the Corporation and a Majority Interest.

               7.1.6  Record Date.  In case the Corporation shall take a record
                      -----------
     of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (A) to
     receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options
     or Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock,
     Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to
     be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to
     have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the
     making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right
     of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

               7.1.7  Treasury Shares.  The number of shares of Common Stock
                      ---------------
     outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or
     for the account of the Corporation; provided, that the disposition of any
                                         --------
     such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the
     purpose of this Section B.7.

          7.2  Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted. Certain Issues of Common
               ---------------------------------------  ------------------------
Stock Excepted.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the
--------------
Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price
in the case of the issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of
Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock or upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock
outstanding as of August 25, 2000, (ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock
or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger
into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall include the
Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii)  up to an aggregate of
7,500,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any
stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees
or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors
of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as
consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each case
authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's
2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by
a Majority Interest ("Excluded Shares"), plus such number of Excluded Shares
that are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing
Date in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices
not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to
reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section B.7.3 paid by such
persons to the Corporation therefor).

                                       25
<PAGE>

          7.3  Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock.  In case the
               ------------------------------------------
Corporation shall at any time after the Closing Date subdivide its outstanding
shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by any stock split,
stock dividend or otherwise), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior
to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case
the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number
of shares, the  Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination
shall be proportionately increased.  In the case of any such subdivision, no
further adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section B.7.1.4 by reason thereof.

          7.4  Reorganization or Reclassification.  If any capital
               ----------------------------------
reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall
be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to
receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common
Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful
and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares
of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the
basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the
shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of
such share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, such
shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect
to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal
to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable
upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken
place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to
the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof
(including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the  Conversion
Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any
shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise
of such conversion rights.

          7.5  Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc.  In case of any
               ---------------------------------------------
consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation or
the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another
corporation, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereafter be
convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or
property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such Series B Preferred Stock would
have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale; and, in such case,
appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors)
shall be made in the application of the provisions in Section B.7 set forth with
respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series B
Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in Section B.7
(including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the
Series B Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as
reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property
thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares
of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to give effect to the
conversion rights contained in Section B.6 (or the rights contained in Section
B.3.3, if applicable) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in
this Section B.7.3 with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned
by such holder.

                                      26

<PAGE>

     Section 8.  Covenants.  The Corporation shall not, without first having
                 ---------
provided written notice of such proposed action to each holder of outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock and having obtained the affirmative vote or
written consent of the holders of a Majority Interest:

          8.1  declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions of cash,
property or securities of the Corporation in respect of its capital stock (other
than (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) dividends that are
paid pro rata to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock), or apply any of
its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of its
capital stock or stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights, directly
or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, except for (i) the redemption
of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to and as provided in this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) the repurchase of Excluded Shares
pursuant to rights held contractual by the Corporation and at repurchase prices
not exceeding the respective original purchase price (appropriately adjusted to
reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section B.7.3, or (iii)
dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Common Stock;

          8.2  authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any convertible
debt or other debt with any equity participation or any other equity security
ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to liquidation, sale or merger
preferences, conversion, redemption or dividend rights or with any special
voting rights;

          8.3  amend, alter or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to,
Section B of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise
alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or
restrictions provided for the benefit or, the Series B Preferred Stock;

          8.4  otherwise adopt any amendment to this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or the Company's Bylaws that adversely affects the
powers, preferences or material rights of the Series B Preferred Stock;

          8.5  increase the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred
Stock or reclassify any capital stock;

          8.6  change the nature of the business now conducted by the Company;

          8.7  effect a recapitalization or reorganization in a form which
results in the termination of the Corporation's status as a Corporation under
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including without limitation, any
reorganization into a limited liability company, a partnership or any other non-
corporate entity which is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes);

          8.8  enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing that is not
expressly made conditional on obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent
of a Majority Interest.

                                      27

<PAGE>

     Further, the Corporation shall not, by amendment of this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any Liquidation Event or other
reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or
sale of securities, agreement or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to
avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or
performed hereunder by the Corporation and shall at all times in good faith
assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article IV and in the
taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect
the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock against impairment.
Any successor to the Corporation shall agree in writing, as a condition to such
succession, to carry out and observe the obligations of the Corporation
hereunder with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

     Section 9.  Notice; Adjustments.
                 -------------------

            9.1  Liquidation Events, Extraordinary Transactions, Etc.  In the
                 ---------------------------------------------------
event (i) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the holders of
any class of securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other
distribution or who are entitled to vote at a meeting (or by written consent) in
connection with any of the transactions identified in clause (ii) hereof, or
(ii) any Liquidation Event, event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section
B.3.3 hereof, QPO or any other public offering becomes reasonably likely to
occur, the Corporation shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail
(postage prepaid) to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock at least thirty
(30) days prior to such record date specified therein or the expected effective
date of any such transaction, whichever is earlier, a notice specifying (A) the
date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or
meeting or consent and a description of such dividend or distribution or the
action to be taken at such meeting or by such consent, (B) the date on which any
such Liquidation Event,  event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section
B.3.3 hereof, QPO or other public offering is expected to become effective, and
(C) the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall
be taken with respect to any such event.   Such notice shall be accompanied by a
certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Corporation
describing in detail (1) the facts of such transaction, (2) the amount(s) per
share of Series B Preferred Stock each holder of Series B Preferred Stock would
receive pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, and (3) the facts upon which such amounts were
determined.

            9.2  Adjustments; Calculations.  Upon the occurrence of each
                 -------------------------
adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to Section B.7, the
Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or
readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each
holder of Series B Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth in detail (i)
such adjustment or readjustment, (ii) the Conversion Price before and after such
adjustment or readjustment, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and
the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon
the conversion of such holder's shares of Series B Preferred Stock.  All such
calculations shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth
(1/100) of a share as the case may be.

            9.3  Waiver of Notice.  The holder or holders of a Majority Interest
                 ----------------
may, at any time upon written notice to the Corporation, waive any notice or
certificate delivery provisions

                                      28

<PAGE>

specified herein for the benefit of such holders, and any such waiver shall be
binding upon all holders of such securities.

     Section 10.  No Reissuance of Series B Preferred Stock.  No share or shares
                  -----------------------------------------
of Series B Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption,
purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall
be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall
be authorized to issue.

     Section 11.  Contractual Rights of Holders.  The various provisions set
                  -----------------------------
forth herein for the benefit of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock
shall be deemed contract rights enforceable by them, including, without
limitation, one or more actions for specific performance.

     C.  Ranking.
         -------

         (a) Liquidation.  The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B
             -----------
         Preferred Stock shall rank on a parity with each other as to
         liquidation rights. Except as otherwise stated in this Amended and
         Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Preferred Stock shall be
         senior to all other classes of the Corporation's capital stock as to
         liquidation rights.

         (b) Dividends.  No dividend shall be declared, paid or set apart on
             ---------
         any Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in stock ranking junior
         to the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock as to
         dividends and liquidation rights) at a time at which any dividend on
         any Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock then
         outstanding shall be past due unless all past due dividends on the
         Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be paid or
         properly made available not later than the time such dividend shall be
         paid on such junior stock. The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series
         B Preferred Stock shall rank pari passu as to the declaration
                                      ---- -----
         and payment of dividends.

         In the case of dividends or other distributions payable in stock of the
         Corporation other than Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred
         Stock, including distributions pursuant to stock splits or divisions of
         stock of the Corporation other than Series A Preferred Stock or Series
         B Preferred Stock, which occur after the initial issuance of shares of
         Series B Preferred Stock by the Corporation, only shares of Common
         Stock shall be distributed with respect to Common Stock, only shares of
         Series A Preferred Stock shall be distributed with respect to Series A
         Preferred Stock and only shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be
         distributed with respect to Series B Preferred Stock.

     D.  Common Stock.
         ------------

         (a) Dividends.  Subject to the preferential rights, if any, of the
             ---------
Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to
receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of
the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in
cash, in property, or in shares of Common Stock.

                                      29

<PAGE>

          (b) Voting Rights.  At every annual or special meeting of stockholders
              -------------
of the Corporation, every holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote,
in person or by proxy, for each share Common Stock outstanding in his name on
the books of the Corporation.

          (c) Liquidation.  In the event of any liquidation, after payment or
              -----------
provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and
of the preferential amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock
shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall
be entitled to share ratably in the remaining net assets of the Corporation.

     FIFTH:    At the first annual or special meeting of stockholders (the

"First Meeting") following the first date that any natural person who on the
--------------
date of filing this certificate of incorporation beneficially owns in excess of
20% of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of the
capital stock entitled to vote generally in an election of directors of the
Corporation shall (together with his affiliates and associates and entities he
controls directly or indirectly, and trusts, foundations or other non-profit
organizations with which he is associated or to which he has contributed shares
of the Corporation) shall cease to beneficially own twenty percent (20%) or more
of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital
stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation
(the "Required Percentage"), the directors, other than those who may be elected
      -------------------
by the holders of any outstanding series of shares of Preferred Stock or any
other series or class of stock as set forth in this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly
equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III.
Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the first annual
meeting of stockholders following the First Meeting, Class II shall be initially
elected for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders
following the First Meeting, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term
expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the First
Meeting. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are
elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of
the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at
that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In
case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors,
other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of
Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in this
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in
each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.

     SIXTH:  In furtherance of and not in limitation of powers conferred by
statute, it is further provided that:

     (a) Subject to the limitations and exceptions, if any, contained in the
bylaws of the Corporation, such bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by
the board of directors of the Corporation.

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation and in addition to
any other vote required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less
than 66 2/3% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting
together as a single class, shall be required in order for stockholders to amend
the bylaws of the Corporation.

                                      30

<PAGE>

     (c) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless, and only
to the extent, otherwise provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

     (d) Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or
purposes by the chairman of the Board of Directors or the president and shall be
called by the chairman of the Board of Directors, president or secretary at the
request in writing of a majority of the board of directors. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the business to be transacted
thereat. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be
limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

     (e) Subject to any applicable requirements of law, the books of the
Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such location or
locations as may be designated by the board of directors of the Corporation or
in the bylaws of the Corporation.

     (f) Except as provided to the contrary in the provisions establishing a
class of stock, the number of authorized shares of such class may be increased
or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by
the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote, voting as a single class.

     SEVENTH:  The Corporation shall indemnify each person who at any time is,
or shall have been, a director or officer of the Corporation and was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of
officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
incurred in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding, to the maximum
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended.  The foregoing right of indemnification
shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which any
such director or officer may be entitled, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
directors or stockholders or otherwise.  No amendment to or repeal of the
provisions of this Article SEVENTH shall deprive a director or officer of the
benefit hereof with respect to any act or failure to act occurring prior to such
amendment or repeal.

     EIGHTH:   A director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or
limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended after the effective date of
this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate
action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then
the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as so amended.

                                      31

<PAGE>

     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely
affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing
hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the such repeal
or modification.

     NINTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein
are granted subject to this reservation.

     TENTH:  Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the
provisions of Article Fourth of this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation relating to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred
Stock, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders
of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be
effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders
subsequent to such time as any natural person who on the date of filing of this
certificate of incorporation beneficially owns in excess of 20% of the total
voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock entitled
to vote generally in an election of directors of the Corporation (together with
his affiliates and associates and entities he controls directly and indirectly,
and trusts, foundations or other non-profit organizations with which he is
associated or to which he has contributed shares of the Corporation) shall cease
to beneficially own the Required Percentage or more, unless the action to be
effected by written consent of stockholders and the taking of such action by
such written consent have expressly been approved in advance by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.

     ELEVENTH: The Corporation shall not be governed by Section 203 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("Section 203"), and the
                                                   -----------
restrictions contained in Section 203 shall not apply to the Corporation, until
the first such time, if ever, as both of the following conditions exist: (a)
Section 203 by its terms would, but for the provisions of this Article Eleventh,
apply to the Corporation; and (b) any natural person who on the date of filing
of this certificate of incorporation beneficially owns in excess of 20% of the
total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock
entitled to vote generally in an election of directors of the Corporation
(together with his affiliates and associates and entities he controls directly
and indirectly, and trusts, foundations or other non-profit organizations with
which he is associated or to which he has contributed shares of the Corporation)
shall cease to beneficially own the Required Percentage or more. Once the
Corporation shall become governed by Section 203 pursuant to the preceding
sentence the Corporation shall be governed by Section 203 for so long as Section
203 by its terms shall apply to the Corporation, regardless of whether any
person shall thereafter become the owner of more than 20% of the outstanding
voting stock of the Corporation. For purposes of this Article TENTH, the terms
"person", "owners" and "voting stock" shall have the meanings ascribed to them
in Section 203, as Section 203 may be amended from time to time.


                            [Signature Page Follows]

                                      32

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, IPG Photonics Corporation has caused this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Valentin P. Gapontsev, its
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, this _____ day of _______,
2001.

                                    IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION


                                    By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Valentin P. Gapontsev,
                                       Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                            Executive Officer

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-3.2
<SEQUENCE>3
<FILENAME>0003.txt
<DESCRIPTION>BYLAWS OF THE REGISTRANT
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                           IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

                        Adopted as of February 12, 2001

Section  1.  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.
             ---------------------------------------

        1.1  Conflicts.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of
             ---------
these bylaws and the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of IPG
Photonics Corporation (the "Corporation"), the provisions of the certificate of
                            -----------
incorporation shall govern.

        1.2  References.  In these bylaws, references to the certificate of
             ----------
incorporation and bylaws mean the provisions of the certificate of incorporation
of the Corporation and these bylaws, respectively, as from time to time in
effect.

Section  2.  Offices.
             -------

        2.1  Registered Office.  The registered office of the Corporation shall
             -----------------
be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

        2.2  Other Offices.  The Corporation may also have offices at such other
             -------------
places within or without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may
from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

Section  3.  Stockholders.
             ------------

        3.1  Location of Meetings.  All meetings of stockholders shall be held
             --------------------
at such places within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated
from time to time by the board of directors. Any adjourned session of any
meeting shall be held at the place designated in the vote of adjournment.

        3.2  Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held
             --------------
at 10 A.M. on the last Wednesday in March in each year (unless that day shall be
a legal holiday at the location where the meeting is to be held, in which case
the meeting shall be held at 10 A.M. on the next succeeding day that is not a
legal holiday) or at such other time and date as shall be designated from time
to time by the board of directors, at which the stockholders shall elect a board
of directors and transact such other business as may be required by law or these
bylaws or as may otherwise properly come before the meeting.

        3.3  Special Meeting in Place of Annual Meeting.  If the election of
             ------------------------------------------
directors shall not be held on the day designated by these bylaws, the directors
shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. To that
end, if the annual meeting is not held on the day provided

                                       1
<PAGE>

in Section 3.2 or if the election of directors is not held at the annual
meeting, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such
omitted meeting or election and any business transacted or election held at such
special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the
annual meeting. In such case all references in these bylaws to the annual
meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be
deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting
shall be called, and the purposes thereof shall be specified in the call, as
provided in Section 3.4.

        3.4  Notice of Annual Meeting.  Written notice of the annual meeting
             ------------------------
stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each
stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than
sixty days before the date of the meeting. Such notice may specify the business
to be transacted and actions to be taken at such meeting. No action shall be
taken at such meeting unless such notice is given, or unless waiver of such
notice is given by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the
minimum number of votes necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all
shares entitled to vote thereon were voted. Prompt notice of all actions taken
in connection with such waiver of notice shall be given to all stockholders not
present or represented at such meeting.

        3.5  Notice of Special Meeting.  Written notice of a special meeting
             -------------------------
stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for
which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty
days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such
meeting. No action shall be taken at such meeting unless such notice is given,
or unless waiver of such notice is given by the holders of outstanding stock
having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to take such action
at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were voted. Prompt
notice of all actions taken in connection with such waiver of notice shall be
given to all stockholders not present or represented at such meeting.

        3.6  Stockholder List.  The officer who has charge of the stock record
             ----------------
books of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.

        3.7  Quorum of Stockholders.  The holders of a majority of the voting
             ----------------------
power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present
in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of
the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise required by
law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

        3.8  Adjournment.  Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from
             -----------
time to time to any other time and place at which a meeting of stockholders may
be held under these bylaws, which time and place shall be announced at the
meeting, by a majority of votes cast upon the

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

question, whether or not a quorum is present. If a quorum shall be present or
represented at any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might
have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more
than thirty days or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting
after the adjournment, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

        3.9  Proxy Representation. Any stockholder may authorize another person
             --------------------
or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in all matters in which the
stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any
meeting, objecting to or voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing
consent or dissent without a meeting. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon
after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period.
Except as provided by law, a revocable proxy shall be deemed revoked if the
stockholder is present at the meeting for which the proxy was given. A duly
executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if,
and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support
an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the
interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an
interest in the Corporation generally. The authorization of a proxy may but need
not be  limited to specified action, provided, however, that if a proxy
                                     --------
limits its authorization to a meeting or meetings of stockholders, unless
otherwise specifically provided such proxy shall entitle the holder thereof to
vote at any adjourned session but shall not be valid after the final adjournment
thereof.

        3.10  Inspectors of Election. The Corporation may, and shall if required
              ----------------------
by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more
inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the
meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The
Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace
any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or
designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at
the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each
inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take
and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict
impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or
inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares
of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each
such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation
represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count
all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a
record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the
inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of
capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors'
count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such
other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and
counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the
Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by
applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may
serve as an inspector at such election.

        3.11  Action by Vote. Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the
              --------------
provisions of the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to
vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share
of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in
question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot. At
all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality of the
votes cast

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless
otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules
or regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system applicable to the
Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the
Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation which
are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.

        3.12  Action Without Meetings. Unless otherwise provided in the
              -----------------------
certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or
special meeting of stockholders, or any action that may be taken at any annual
or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without
prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the
action so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not
less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or
take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were
present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Section  4.  Directors.
             ---------

        4.1  Number. The number of directors constituting the whole board of
             ------
directors shall not be less than one nor more than twelve. Within the foregoing
limits, the stockholders at the annual meeting shall determine the number of
directors, and within such limits, the number of directors may be increased or
decreased at any time or from time to time by the stockholders or by the
directors by vote of a majority of directors then in office, except as otherwise
provided in the certificate of incorporation and except that any such decrease
by vote of the directors shall only be made to eliminate vacancies existing by
reason of the death, resignation or removal of one or more directors. The
directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as
provided in Section 4.4 of these bylaws or the certificate of incorporation.
Directors need not be stockholders.

        4.2  Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of
             ------
incorporation or these bylaws, each director shall hold office until the next
annual meeting and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such
director sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

        4.3  Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or
             ------
under the direction of the board of directors, which shall have and may exercise
all the powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are
not by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws directed or
required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

       4.4  Vacancies. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase
            ---------
in the number of directors and other vacancies may be filled by vote of the
stockholders at a meeting called for the purpose, or by a majority of the
directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director. When one or more directors shall resign from the board of directors,
effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office,
including those who have resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or
vacancies, the vote or action by writing thereon to take effect when such
resignation or resignations shall become effective. The

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

directors shall have and may exercise all their powers notwithstanding the
existence of one or more vacancies in their number, subject to any requirements
of law or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws as to the
number of directors required for a quorum or for any vote or other actions.

        4.5  Committees. The board of directors may, by vote of a majority of
             ----------
the whole board, (a) designate, change the membership of or terminate the
existence of any committee or committees, each committee to consist of one or
more of the directors; (b) designate one or more directors as alternate members
of any such committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any
meeting of the committee; and (c) determine the extent to which each such
committee shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the board of
directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation,
including the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to
all papers that require it and the power and authority to declare dividends or
to authorize the issuance of stock; excepting, however, such powers that by law,
the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws they are prohibited from so
delegating. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee
and such member's alternate, if any, the member or members thereof present at
any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a
quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act
at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Except as
the board of directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for
the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the board or such
rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as
is provided by these bylaws for the conduct of business by the board of
directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report
the same to the board of directors upon request.

        4.6  Regular Meeting. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be
             ---------------
held without call or notice at such place within or without the State of
Delaware and at such times as the board may from time to time determine,
provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such
--------
determination shall be given to absent directors. A regular meeting of the
directors may be held without call or notice immediately after and at the same
place as the annual meeting of the stockholders.

        4.7  Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be
             ----------------
held at any time and at any place within or without the State of Delaware
designated in the notice of the meeting, when called by the chairman of the
board of directors, the president, or by one-third or more in number of the
directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each director by the
secretary or by the chairman of the board of directors, the president or by any
one of the directors calling the meeting.

        4.8  Notice. It shall be reasonable and sufficient notice to a director
             ------
to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours or by telegram at least
twenty-four hours before the meeting, addressed to the director at the
director's usual or last known business or residence address or to give notice
to the director in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the
meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director if a written
waiver of notice, executed by the director before or after the meeting, is filed
with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting
without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

lack of notice to the director. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a
notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

        4.9  Quorum. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the certificate
             ------
of incorporation or these bylaws, at any meeting of the directors a majority of
the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum; a quorum shall not in
any case be less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting
the whole board. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of
the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the
meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

        4.10  Action by Vote. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the
              --------------
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when a quorum is present at any
meeting the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be the act of the
board of directors.

        4.11  Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the
              ------------------------
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof
may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the board or of such
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or
writings are filed with the records of the meetings of the board or of such
committee. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as the act of the
board or of such committee, as the case may be.

        4.12  Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone. Unless
              -------------------------------------------------
otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws,
members of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may participate in
a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in
person at such meeting.

        4.13  Compensation.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
              ------------
incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority
to fix from time to time the compensation of directors.  The directors may be
paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of
directors and the performance of their responsibilities as directors and may be
paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and/or
a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from
serving the Corporation or its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  The board of directors may also
allow compensation for members of special or standing committees for service on
such committees.

        4.14  Interested Directors and Officers.
              ---------------------------------

              (a)  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or
more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other
corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more
of the Corporation's directors or officers are directors or officers or have a
financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely
because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of
the

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or
solely because the vote of any such person is counted for such purpose, if:

              (1)  the material facts as to the relationship or interest of the
director or officer and the contract or transaction are disclosed or known to
the board of directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good
faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors
do not constitute a quorum;

              (2)  the material facts as to the relationship or interest of the
director or officer and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are
known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or
transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders;
or

              (3)  the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as
of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a
committee thereof, or the stockholders.

              (b)  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining
the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a
committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.

        4.15  Resignation or Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted
              -----------------------------------
by law or the certificate of incorporation, any director or the entire board of
directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of
the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an election of
directors. Any director may resign at any time by delivering a resignation in
writing to the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the
secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be
effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time; and
without in either case the necessity of its being accepted unless the
resignation shall so state. No director resigning and (except where a right to
receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized written
agreement with the Corporation) no director removed shall have any right to
receive compensation as such director for any period following the director's
resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal,
whether the director's compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise;
unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal,
the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for
compensation.

        4.16  Presumption of Assent. A director of the Corporation present at a
              ---------------------
board of directors or committee meeting at which action on any corporate matter
is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his
dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless such director files
a written dissent to such actions with the person acting as the secretary of the
meeting before adjournment thereof, or forwards such dissent by registered mail
to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the
meeting. A director who voted in favor of such action may not subsequently
dissent.

Section  5.  Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.
             ----------------------------------------------

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

        5.1  Annual Meetings of Stockholders.  (1) Nominations of persons for
             -------------------------------
election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of
business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting
of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (or any
supplement thereto), (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c)
by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the
Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 5 is delivered
to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and
who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5.

             (2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before
an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of
this Section 5, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing
to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business other than
the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must
constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder's
notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of
the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth day nor
earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the
first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting (provided, however,
that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty days
before or more than seventy days after such anniversary date, notice by the
stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the
one hundred twentieth day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the
close of business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting
or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of
such meeting is first made by the Corporation). For purposes of the first annual
meeting of stockholders after the Corporation shall have its securities
registered under the Securities Act of 1934, the first anniversary of such
annual meeting shall be deemed to be July 1, 2001. In no event shall the public
announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a
new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's
notice as described above. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth: (a) as to
each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director
all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is
otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (and such person's written
                                       ------------
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a
director if elected); (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes
to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the
text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such
business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the
language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at
the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and
the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as
to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose
behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such
stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial
owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation
which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such
beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of
record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends
to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or
nomination, and (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial
owner, if any, intends or is

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of
proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's outstanding
capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee
and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such
proposal or nomination. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed
satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of
his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance
with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) promulgated under the Exchange Act
and such stockholder's proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has
been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. The
Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information
as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed
nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

             (3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph
(A)(2) of this Section 5 to the contrary, in the event that the number of
directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an
annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the
Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one
hundred days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual
meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 5 shall also be
considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional
directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal
executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the
tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by
the Corporation.

        5.2  Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be
             --------------------------------
conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before
the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Nominations of
persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting
of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the
Corporation's notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that
directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the
Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for
in this Section 5 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is
entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the
notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. In the event the Corporation
calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more
directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in
such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be)
for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation's notice of
meeting, if the stockholder's notice required by paragraph (2) of this Section
5.2 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of
the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred
twentieth day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of
business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such special meeting or the
tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the
date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of
Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public
announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a
new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's
notice as described above.

        5.3  General. (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with
             -------
the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to be elected at an
annual or special

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such
business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been
brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting
shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any
business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the
case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5
(including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf
the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which
solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such
stockholder's nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder's
representation as required by clause (2)(c)(iv) of this Section 5) and (b) if
any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with
this Section 5, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that
such proposed business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Section 5, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative
of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such
nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be
transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been
received by the Corporation.

             (2) For purposes of this Section 5, "public announcement" shall
                                                  -------------------
include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service,
Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly
filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

             (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, a
stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set
forth in this Section 5. Nothing in this Section 5 shall be deemed to affect any
rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the
Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or
(b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant
to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Section  6.  Notices.
             -------

        6.1  Form of Notice.  Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the
             --------------
certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given
to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to
such director or stockholder, at the director's or stockholder's address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and
such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be
deposited in the United States mail.  Unless written notice by mail is required
by law, written notice may also be given by telegram, cable, facsimile,
commercial delivery service, telex or similar means, addressed to such director
or stockholder at the address thereof as such address appears on the records of
the Corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when
delivered into the control of the persons charged with effecting such
transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the Corporation or the
person sending such notice and not by the addressee.  Oral notice or other in-
hand delivery (in person or by telephone) shall be deemed given at the time it
is actually given.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

        6.2  Waiver of Notice.  Whenever notice is required to be given under
             ----------------
the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a
written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before
or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.
Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such
meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to
be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders, directors
or members of a committee of the board of directors need be specified in any
written waiver of notice.

Section  7.  Officers and Agents.
             -------------------

        7.1  Enumeration; Qualification.  The officers of the Corporation shall
             --------------------------
be a chairman of the board of directors, a president, a treasurer, a secretary
and such other officers, if any, as the board of directors from time to time may
in its discretion elect or appoint, including without limitation one or more
vice presidents. Any officer may be, but none need be, a director or
stockholder, except that the chairman shall be a member of the board. Any two or
more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the
board of directors to secure the faithful performance of the officer's duties to
the Corporation by giving bond in such amount and with sureties or otherwise as
the board of directors may determine.

        7.2  Powers.  Subject to law, the certificate of incorporation and these
             ------
bylaws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set
forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the officer's office
and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to
time designate.

        7.3  Election.  The board of directors at its first meeting after each
             --------
annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a chairman, a president, a secretary
and a treasurer. Other officers may be appointed by the board of directors at
such meeting, at any other meeting or by written consent. At any time or from
time to time, the directors may delegate to any officer their power to elect or
appoint any other officer or any agents.

        7.4  Tenure.  Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of
             ------
the board of directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and
until a successor is elected and qualified unless a shorter period shall have
been specified in terms of the officer's election or appointment, or in each
case until the officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.
Each agent of the Corporation shall retain authority at the pleasure of the
directors, or the officer by whom the agent was appointed or by the officer who
then holds agent appointive power.

        7.5  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents.
             ---------------------------------------

             (a)  The chairman of the board of directors shall be a member of
the board of directors, an officer of the Corporation and, if present, shall
preside at each meeting of the board of directors and the stockholders. The
chairman of the board shall be responsible for the general management of the
affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties incidental to his office
which may be required by law and all such other duties as are properly required
of him by the

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

board of directors. Except where by law the signature of the president is
required, the chairman of the board shall possess the same power as the
president to sign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments of the
Corporation which may be authorized by the board of directors.

             (b)  The president shall act in a general executive capacity and
shall assist the chairman of the board in the administration and operation of
the Corporation's business and general supervision of its policies and affairs.
The president shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the
chairman of the board, perform all duties of the chairman of the board and
preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the board of directors.

             (c)  The chairman, president or treasurer shall execute bonds,
mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the
Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed
and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be
expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of
the Corporation.

             (d)  Any vice presidents shall have such duties and powers as shall
be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman or the
president.

        7.6  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.
             ----------------------------------

             (a)  Except as determined by the board of directors, the treasurer
shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall be in charge
of its funds and valuable papers, and shall have such other duties and powers as
may be assigned to the treasurer from time to time by the board of directors,
the chairman of the board of directors or the president.

             (b)  Any assistant treasurers shall have such duties and powers as
shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman of
the board of directors, the president or the treasurer.

        7.7  Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.
             -----------------------------------

             (a)  The secretary shall record all proceedings of the
stockholders, the board of directors and committees of the board of directors in
a book or series of books to be kept therefor and shall file therein all
writings of, or related to, action by stockholder or director consent. In the
absence of the secretary from any meeting, an assistant secretary, or if there
is none or each assistant secretary is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at
the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. Unless a transfer agent has
been appointed, the secretary shall keep or cause to be kept the stock and
transfer records of the Corporation, which shall contain the names and record
addresses of all stockholders and the number of shares registered in the name of
each stockholder. The secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may
from time to time be designated by the board of directors, the chairman of the
board of directors or the president.

             (b)  Any assistant secretaries shall have such duties and powers as
shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman of
the board of directors, the president or the secretary.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

        7.8  Resignation and Removal.  Any officer may resign at any time by
             -----------------------
delivering a resignation in writing to the chairman, the president, the
secretary or a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be
effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time, and
without in any case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation
shall so state. The board of directors may at any time remove any officer either
with or without cause. The board of directors may at any time terminate or
modify the authority of any agent. No officer resigning and (except where a
right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized
written agreement with the Corporation) no officer removed shall have any right
to any compensation as such officer for any period following the officer's
resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal,
whether the officer's compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise;
unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal,
the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for
compensation.

        7.9  Vacancies.  If the office of the chairman of the board of
             ---------
directors, the president or the treasurer or the secretary becomes vacant, the
directors may elect a successor by vote of a majority of the directors then in
office. If the office of any other officer becomes vacant, any person or body
empowered to elect or appoint that office may choose a successor. Each such
successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of the predecessor, and in
the case of the chairman of the board of directors, the president, the treasurer
and the secretary until a successor is chosen and qualified, or in each case
until such officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

Section  8.  Capital Stock.
             -------------

        8.1  Stock Certificates.  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a
             ------------------
certificate stating the number and the class and the designation of the series,
if any, of the shares held by the stockholder, in such form as shall, in
conformity to law, the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, be
prescribed from time to time by the board of directors. Such certificate shall
be signed by (a) the chairman, the president or a vice-president and (b) the
treasurer, an assistant treasurer, the secretary or an assistant secretary. Any
of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case an officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
Corporation with the same effect as if the signatory were such officer, transfer
agent, or registrar at the time of its issue.

        8.2  Lost Certificates.  The board of directors may direct a new
             -----------------
certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or
certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person
claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When
authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of
directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance
thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or
certificates, or such owner's legal representative, to advertise the same in
such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such
sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

Section  9.  Transfer of Shares of Stock
             ---------------------------

        9.1  Transfer on Books.
             -----------------

             (a)  Subject to any restrictions with respect to the transfer of
 shares of stock, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the
 Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the
 certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment
 and power of attorney properly executed, with necessary transfer stamps
 affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the board of
 directors or the transfer agent of the Corporation may reasonably require.
 Except as may be otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or
 these bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of
 stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes,
 including the payment of dividends and the right to receive notice and to vote
 or to give any consent with respect thereto and to be held liable for such
 calls and assessments, if any, as may lawfully be made thereon, regardless of
 any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have
 been properly transferred on the books of the Corporation.

             (b)  It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the
Corporation of the stockholder's post office address.

Section  10.  General Provisions.
              ------------------

        10.1  Record Date.  In order that the Corporation may determine the
              -----------
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date
of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action to which
such record date relates. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment
of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new
                --------
record date for the adjourned meeting. If no record date is fixed:

             (a)  the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held;

             (b)  the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior
action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the
first written consent is expressed; and

             (c)  the record date for determining stockholders for any other
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of
directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

        10.2  Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation
              ---------
may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting or
by written consent, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, property or
shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of
incorporation.

        10.3  Payment of Dividends.  Before payment of any dividend, there may
              --------------------
be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such
sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion,
think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing
dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or
for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of
the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.

        10.4  Checks.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the
              ------
Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

        10.5  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on
              -----------
the first of January in each year and shall end on the last day of December next
following, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

        10.6  Seal.  The board of directors may, by resolution, adopt a
              ----
corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation, the year of its organization and the word "Delaware." The seal may
be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or
reproduced or otherwise. The seal may be altered from time to time by the board
of directors.

Section  11.  Indemnification.
              ---------------

        11.1  Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold
              ------------------------
harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently
exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a "Covered Person") who was or
                                                   --------------
is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he, or a person for
                  ----------
whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the
Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee,
representative or agent of another corporation, limited liability company or of
a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including
service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss
suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such
Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise
provided in Section 11.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a
Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by
such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part
thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.

        11.2  Prepayment of Expenses.  The Corporation shall pay the expenses
              ----------------------
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any
proceeding in advance of its final

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such
             --------  -------
payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall
be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all
amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person
is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 11 or otherwise.

        11.3  Claims.  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses
              ------
under this Section 11 is not paid in full within thirty days after a written
claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the
Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if
successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden
of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested
indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

        11.4  Nonexclusivity of Rights.  The rights conferred on any Covered
              ------------------------
Person by this Section 11 shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such
Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the
certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise.

        11.5  Other Sources.  The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify
              -------------
or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its
request as a director, officer, employee, representative or agent of another
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust,
enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered
Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust,
enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

        11.6  Amendment or Repeal.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing
              -------------------
provisions of this Section 11 shall not adversely affect any right or protection
hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring
prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Section  12.  Amendments.
              ----------

     Except as set forth in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws may
be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders
or by the board of directors when such power is conferred upon the board of
directors by the certificate of incorporation, at any regular meeting of the
stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the
stockholders or of the board of directors.  If the power to adopt, amend or
repeal bylaws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of
incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to
adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

                                      -16-
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-5.1
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>0004.txt
<DESCRIPTION>FORM OF OPINION OF WINSTON & SPRAWN
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 5.1
                                 March 6, 2001

IPG Photonics Corporation
P.O. Box 519
660 Main Street
Sturbridge, Massachusetts 01566

          Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1
               of IPG Photonics Corporation (No. 333-51560)
               --------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as special counsel to IPG Photonics Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the registration on
Form S-1 of the offer and sale (the "Offering") of 8,200,000 shares (the "Firm
Shares") of Common Stock of the Company, par value of $.0001 per share (the
"Common Stock"), and up to an additional 1,175,000 shares of Common Stock (the
"Option Shares" and, together with the Firm Shares, the "Shares") that the
underwriters named in the Registration Statement (as defined below) have an
option to purchase from the Company solely to cover over-allotments.

          This opinion is delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item
601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act").

          In connection with this opinion, we have examined and are familiar
with originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction,
of (i) the Registration Statement relating to the Shares as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on December 8, 2000 under
the Act, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto filed with the Commission on
February 2, 2001 and as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto filed with
the Commission on March 6, 2001 (as so amended, the "Registration Statement"),
(ii) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as
currently in effect, (iii) the By-laws of the Company, as currently in effect,
(iv) the form of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement to be entered into by the
Company, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Robertson
Stephens, Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and
Wit SoundView Corporation (the "U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), (v) the form of
the International Underwriting Agreement to be entered into by the Company,
Merrill Lynch International, Robertson Stephens, CIBC World Markets, U.S.
Bancorp Piper Jaffray and Wit SoundView Corporation (the "International
Underwriting Agreement" and, together with the U.S. Underwriting Agreement,
the "Underwriting Agreements") and (vi) resolutions of the Board of Directors
of the Company relating to, among other things, the issuance and sale of the
Shares and the filing of the Registration Statement (the "Board Resolutions").
We have also examined such other documents as we have deemed necessary or
appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below.

<PAGE>

          In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural
persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the
originals of such latter documents.  As to any facts material to this opinion
which we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon oral or
written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of
the Company and others.

          Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that
the Shares, when sold in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting
Agreements following approval thereof by the Pricing Committee of the Board of
Directors of the Company referred to in the Board Resolutions, shall be legally
issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

          We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the heading
"Legal Matters" in the prospectuses included in the Registration Statement and
to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not concede that we are
experts within the meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or
that this consent is required by Section 7 of the Act.

                                  Very truly yours,

                                  /s/ Winston & Strawn

                                      Winston & Strawn


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.2
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>0005.txt
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE GMBH
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

                         Independent Auditors' Consent


The consolidated financial statements give effect to the completion of a 2-for-1
stock split described in Note 7 which will take place prior to the effective
date of the offering. The following consent is in the form which will be
provided by Deloitte & Touche GmbH upon completion of the stock split and
assuming that no other material events have occurred that would affect the
consolidated financial statements or require disclosure therein.

"We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
333-51560 of IPG Photonics Corporation of our report dated December 6, 2000,
(__________ __, 2001 as to the last paragraph of Note 7) appearing in the
Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference
to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.


Duesseldorf, Germany,
         , 2001"

----------------------------
/s/ Deloitte & Touche GmbH


Duesseldorf, Germany
March 2, 2001

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23.3
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>0006.txt
<DESCRIPTION>CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.3

                         Independent Auditors' Consent

The combined consolidated financial statements give effect to the completion of
a 2-for-1 stock split described in Note 7 which will take place prior to the
effective date of the offering. The following consent is in the form which will
be provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon completion of the stock split and
assuming that no other material events have occurred that would affect the
combined consolidated financial statements or require disclosure therein.

"We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement
No. 333-51560 of IPG Photonics Corporation of our report dated March 2, 2001
(             , 2001 as the the last paragraph of Note 7) appearing in the
Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference
to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.


Boston, Massachusetts
         , 2001"

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP


Boston, Massachusetts
March 2, 2001


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-27.1
<SEQUENCE>7
<FILENAME>0007.txt
<DESCRIPTION>FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE
<TEXT>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-2000
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-2000
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-2000
<CASH>                                          86,487
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   10,075
<ALLOWANCES>                                       178
<INVENTORY>                                     12,689
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               111,358
<PP&E>                                          25,890
<DEPRECIATION>                                   4,649
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 141,826
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           26,784
<BONDS>                                              0
<PREFERRED-MANDATORY>                           76,283
<PREFERRED>                                      4,962
<COMMON>                                             7
<OTHER-SE>                                      25,942
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   141,826
<SALES>                                         52,083
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                52,083
<CGS>                                           19,240
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   19,240
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                30,041
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              (1,120)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  3,959
<INCOME-TAX>                                     9,434
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (5,513)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (5,513)
<EPS-BASIC>                                      (0.09)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (0.09)


</TABLE>
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
</SUBMISSION>
